ASC

ASC 810-10

Overall

810 Consolidation

Download JSONDownload Markdown594 paragraphs · 20 sectionsIncludes SEC contentJump to summary

Source downloaded: .Record version 165badb9b018. Effective date must be checked in the source.

ASC 810-10 sets out the pervasive framework for determining whether one reporting entity must consolidate another legal entity, and it is organized into three Subsections: General (voting interest model), Variable Interest Entities (VIE model), and Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract. Consolidation is required when a reporting entity has a "controlling financial interest" — usually ownership of a majority voting interest (or, for limited partnerships, a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests) under the General Subsections, or, for a VIE, both power over the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and exposure to potentially significant losses/benefits. A reporting entity must first test whether the other entity is a VIE (810-10-15-14); only if it is not does the voting-interest or contractual-control analysis apply.

Key points (7)
  • Consolidated financial statements are presumed more meaningful and are usually necessary for fair presentation when one entity directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest in the others (810-10-10-1).
  • Order of analysis: apply the VIE Subsections first if the entity is in their scope (810-10-15-3(a) and 810-10-15-14); if not a VIE, use only the General Subsections, or the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections for contractual management relationships (810-10-15-3(b)-(c)).
  • The usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of more than 50 percent of outstanding voting shares (810-10-15-8), and for limited partnerships, ownership of more than 50 percent of kick-out rights through voting interests (810-10-15-8A); control may also exist by contract, lease, agreement, or court decree.
  • A legal entity is a VIE if, by design, equity at risk is insufficient to finance activities without additional subordinated financial support, or the equity holders as a group lack power through voting rights, the obligation to absorb expected losses, or the right to receive expected residual returns, or if voting rights are disproportionate and substantially all activities are conducted on behalf of the disproportionately low-vote investor (810-10-15-14).
  • The primary beneficiary consolidates a VIE; it is the single party with both (a) power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb potentially significant losses or right to receive potentially significant benefits (810-10-25-38A); if power is shared among unrelated parties, no party is the primary beneficiary (810-10-25-38D).
  • A majority-owned subsidiary is not consolidated where control does not rest with the majority owner (legal reorganization, bankruptcy, severe foreign exchange restrictions, or substantive noncontrolling participating rights) (810-10-15-10(a)(1)); protective rights do not overcome the consolidation presumption but substantive participating rights do (810-10-25-7, 25-10, 25-11).
  • Scope exceptions include employee benefit plans, investment company investees, governmental organizations, money market funds operating under Rule 2a-7-like requirements (810-10-15-12), NFPs, insurance separate accounts, pre-2003 entities where information is unobtainable, certain businesses (810-10-15-17), and a private company common-control accounting alternative (810-10-15-17AD).

For students. This is the gateway subtopic for every consolidation question, and the most common mistake is jumping straight to the majority-voting-interest test — you must always screen for VIE status first, and remember that for limited partnerships the analogue of voting rights is kick-out rights. Also do not confuse protective rights (which never defeat consolidation) with substantive participating rights (which do).

Machine-generated study aid for ASC 810-10. Check the source paragraphs below.

810-10-00Status

Source downloaded: .Record version a1186c62b67d. Effective date must be checked in the source.

810-10-00-1
The following table identifies the changes made to this Subtopic.
Paragraph Action Accounting Standards Update Date
Acquirer Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-03 05/12/2025
Beneficial Interests Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
Business Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-01 01/05/2017
Business Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-02 07/01/2009
Business Combination Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-07 01/28/2010
Collateralized Financing Entity Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
Contract Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 05/28/2014
Corporate Joint Venture Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-05 08/23/2023
Customer Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 05/28/2014
Decision Maker Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Decision-Making Authority Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Development Stage Entity Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-10 06/10/2014
Direct Financing Lease Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2021-05 07/19/2021
Direct Financing Lease Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Expected Cash Flow Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2024-02 03/29/2024
Expected Losses and Expected Residual Returns Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2024-02 03/29/2024
Fair Value (3rd def.) Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04 10/01/2012
Finance Lease Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Financial Asset (2nd def.) Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-19 12/14/2016
Financial Statements Are Available to Be Issued Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
Financial Statements Are Available to Be Issued Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
Inventory Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-16 10/24/2016
Joint Venture Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-05 08/23/2023
Kick-Out Rights (1st def.) Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Kick-Out Rights (VIE definition) Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Kick-Out Rights (2nd def.) Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Kick-Out Rights (Voting Interest Entity definition) Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Kick-out Rights Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Lease Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Lease Payments Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Lessee Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Lessor Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Nonfinancial Asset Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
Nonprofit Activity Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02 01/06/2010
Nonreciprocal Transfer Added Maintenance Update 2014-20 (PDF) 09/29/2014
Operating Lease Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Ordinary Course of Business Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Owners Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-07 01/28/2010
Participating Rights (1st def.) Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Participating Rights (VIE definition) Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Participating Rights (2nd def.) Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Participating Rights (Voting Interest Entity definition) Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Participating Rights Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Primary Beneficiary Amended Maintenance Update 2018-02 (PDF) 02/02/2018
Primary Beneficiary Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Private Company Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
Protective Rights (1st def.) Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Protective Rights (VIE definition) Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Protective Rights (2nd def.) Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Protective Rights (Voting Interest Entity definition) Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Protective Rights Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Public Business Entity Amended Maintenance Update 2017-06 (PDF) 04/07/2017
Public Business Entity Amended Maintenance Update 2016-11 (PDF) 06/27/2016
Public Business Entity Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
Qualifying Special-Purpose Entity Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-16 12/23/2009
Reinsurance Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-19 12/14/2016
Related Parties Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-10 02/25/2010
Revenue Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 05/28/2014
Reverse Acquisition Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-03 05/12/2025
Sales-Type Lease Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2021-05 07/19/2021
Sales-Type Lease Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Underlying Asset Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
With Cause Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Without Cause Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-05-2 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-05-3 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-05-5 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-05-6 Amended Maintenance Update 2020-18 (PDF) 11/25/2020
810-10-05-6 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-05-8 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-05-8 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-05-8A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-05-9 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-05-10 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-05-10 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-05-11 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-19 12/14/2016
810-10-05-13 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-15-3 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-15-3 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-08 02/02/2010
810-10-15-8 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-15-8A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-15-10 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-15-10 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-08 06/07/2013
810-10-15-10 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-08 02/02/2010
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-15-12 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-08 06/07/2013
810-10-15-12 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-16 12/23/2009
810-10-15-13A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-15-13B Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-15-14 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-15-14 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-08 02/02/2010
810-10-15-16 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-10 06/10/2014
810-10-15-17 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-15-17A Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-15-17AA through 15-17C Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17 10/31/2018
810-10-15-17AA Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
810-10-15-17AB Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
810-10-15-17AC through 15-17AF Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17 10/31/2018
810-10-15-17B Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
810-10-15-17C Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
810-10-15-17D Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
810-10-15-21 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-15-22 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-25-1 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-25-1A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-08 02/02/2010
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-08 02/02/2010
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-25-15 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-08 06/07/2013
810-10-25-20 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-25-21 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-25-22 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-25-38 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-25-38C Amended Maintenance Update 2016-05 (PDF) 04/12/2016
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-25-42 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-17 10/26/2016
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-25-43 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-25-44 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-25-44A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-25-44B Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-02 03/29/2023
810-10-25-44B Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-25-48 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-25-52 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-25-53 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-25-54 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-25-54 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-25-54 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-25-56 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
810-10-25-66 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-30-2 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-03 05/12/2025
810-10-30-2 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-02 07/01/2009
810-10-30-3A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-08 11/12/2025
810-10-30-4 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-02 07/01/2009
810-10-30-5 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-05 08/23/2023
810-10-30-6 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-02 07/01/2009
810-10-30-7 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-30-8 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-30-8C Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13 06/16/2016
810-10-30-9 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
810-10-35-4 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-35-5 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
810-10-40-3A Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-05 02/22/2017
810-10-40-3A Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 05/28/2014
810-10-40-3A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02 01/06/2010
810-10-40-3B Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-05 02/22/2017
810-10-40-3B Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 05/28/2014
810-10-40-3B Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-10 12/14/2011
810-10-40-4 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-05 03/04/2013
810-10-40-4 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02 01/06/2010
810-10-40-4A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-05 03/04/2013
810-10-40-5 Amended Maintenance Update 2014-20 (PDF) 09/29/2014
810-10-40-5 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02 01/06/2010
810-10-45-8 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-16 10/24/2016
810-10-45-16 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-07 01/28/2010
810-10-45-21A Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-05 02/22/2017
810-10-45-21A Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 05/28/2014
810-10-45-21A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02 01/06/2010
810-10-45-25 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-1 Amended Maintenance Update 2016-11 (PDF) 06/27/2016
810-10-50-1A Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-01 01/09/2015
810-10-50-1B Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2024-03 11/04/2024
810-10-50-1B Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02 01/06/2010
810-10-50-2A Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-2AA through 50-2AC Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-2AD through 50-2AF Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17 10/31/2018
810-10-50-2AD Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
810-10-50-2AD Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
810-10-50-2AD through 50-2AF Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-50-2AF Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
810-10-50-2AG through 50-2AI Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17 10/31/2018
810-10-50-3 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-11 12/08/2025
810-10-50-3 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2024-03 11/04/2024
810-10-50-3 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04 10/01/2012
810-10-50-3 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-02 07/01/2009
810-10-50-3 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-4 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-11 12/08/2025
810-10-50-4 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-5 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-5A Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-11 12/08/2025
810-10-50-5A Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-50-5A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-5B Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-6 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-11 12/08/2025
810-10-50-6 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-7 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-8 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-9 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-11 12/08/2025
810-10-50-9 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-10 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-50-15 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-08 02/02/2010
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
810-10-50-21 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2025-11 12/08/2025
810-10-55-1 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-1 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-08 02/02/2010
810-10-55-4C Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-14 08/18/2016
810-10-55-4C Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-07 01/28/2010
810-10-55-4E Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-14 08/18/2016
810-10-55-4E Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-07 01/28/2010
810-10-55-4J Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04 10/01/2012
810-10-55-4K Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04 10/01/2012
810-10-55-4L Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 06/16/2011
810-10-55-4M Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04 10/01/2012
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-8A Amended Maintenance Update 2018-12 (PDF) 09/10/2018
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-9 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17 10/31/2018
810-10-55-9 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
810-10-55-9 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-55-9 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-02 07/01/2009
810-10-55-16 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-17 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04 10/01/2012
810-10-55-21 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-24 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-37 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-37 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-37 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-10 02/25/2010
810-10-55-37A Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-37A Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-10 02/25/2010
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-37D Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17 10/31/2018
810-10-55-38 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-38 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-40 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-41 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-16 12/23/2009
810-10-55-50 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
810-10-55-50 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-56 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-55-90 through 55-92 Moved to Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-93 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-55-101 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-103 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-108 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-113 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-116 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-120 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-121 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-123 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04 10/01/2012
810-10-55-126 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-128 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04 10/01/2012
810-10-55-129 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-132 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-133 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-140 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-142 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-145 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-146 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-154 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-158 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-164 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-166 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-170 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
810-10-55-178 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
810-10-55-182 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-203 Amended Maintenance Update 2016-05 (PDF) 04/12/2016
Moved to 810-10-55-205AJ through 55-205AT Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-55-205J Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
810-10-55-205K Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
810-10-55-205L through 55-205AI Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-205AJ through 55-205AR Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17 10/31/2018
810-10-55-205AJ through 55-205AR Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
810-10-55-205AJ through 55-205AT Moved from Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-55-205AU through 55-205BF Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17 10/31/2018
810-10-60-4 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 02/25/2016
810-10-60-6 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-16 12/23/2009
810-10-60-7 Superseded Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-16 12/23/2009
810-10-65-1 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-65-1 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-07 01/28/2010
810-10-65-2 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-65-2 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-08 06/07/2013
810-10-65-2 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-10 02/25/2010
810-10-65-2 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17 12/23/2009
810-10-65-3 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02 01/06/2010
810-10-65-4 Amended Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-03 03/07/2016
810-10-65-4 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07 03/20/2014
810-10-65-5 Amended Maintenance Update 2018-02 (PDF) 02/02/2018
810-10-65-5 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-10 06/10/2014
810-10-65-6 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13 08/05/2014
810-10-65-7 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 02/18/2015
810-10-65-8 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-17 10/26/2016
810-10-65-9 Added Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17 10/31/2018

810-10-05Overview and Background

Source downloaded: .Record version e5c60c342d75. Effective date must be checked in the source.

810-10-05-1
The Consolidation Topic provides guidance on entities subject to consolidation as well as on how to consolidate. Paragraph 810-10-10-1 discusses the objectives of consolidation.
810-10-05-2
This Topic includes the following Subtopics:
  1. a
    Overall
  2. b
  3. c
    Research and Development Arrangements.
810-10-05-3
Throughout this Subtopic, any reference to a limited partnership includes limited partnerships and similar legal entities. A similar legal entity is an entity (such as a limited liability company) that has governing provisions that are the functional equivalent of a limited partnership. In such entities, a managing member is the functional equivalent of a general partner, and a nonmanaging member is the functional equivalent of a limited partner.
810-10-05-4
The guidance in this Subtopic is presented in the following three Subsections:
  1. a
    General
  2. b
    Variable Interest Entities
  3. c
    Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract
810-10-05-6
The following flowchart provides an overview of the guidance in this Subtopic for evaluating whether a reporting entity should consolidate another legal entity. The flowchart does not include all of the guidance in this Subtopic and is not intended as a substitute for the guidance in this Subtopic. For example, the flowchart does not illustrate the consolidation analysis for entities controlled by contract.
  • Text only report Displayed Text Consolidation Analysis in Subtopic 810-10 "Does a Variable Interest Entities (VIE) Subsection scope exception apply? (810-10-15-17)" "Does a scope exception from the consolidation guidance apply? (810-10-15-12)" NO "Does the reporting entity have a variable interest in the legal entity? (810-10-55-16 through 55-41)" NO "Is the legal entity a VIE?2 (810-10-15-14)" YES YES YES NO NO YES Stop consolidation analysis1 "Is the entity being evaluated for consolidation a legal entity? (810-10-15-4)" YES Stop consolidation analysis1 NO Evaluation under Voting Interest Model Evaluation under Variable Interest Model "1Consolidation not required; however, evaluation of other generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) may be relevant to determine recognition, measurement, or disclosure. 2A legal entity is a VIE if any of the following conditions exist: a. The equity investment at risk is not sufficient to finance the activities of the entity without additional subordinated financial support provided by any parties. b. As a group, the holders of the equity investment at risk lack any of the following characteristics of a controlling financial interest: 1. The power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance: i. For legal entities other than limited partnerships, investors lack that power through voting rights or similar rights if no owners hold voting rights or similar rights (such as those of a common shareholder in a corporation). ii. For limited partnerships, partners lack that power if neither (01) nor (02) below exists: 01. A simple majority or lower threshold of limited partners (including a single limited partner) with equity at risk is able to exercise substantive kick-out rights through voting interests over the general partner(s). 02. Limited partners with equity at risk are able to exercise substantive participating rights over the general partner(s). 2. The obligation to absorb expected losses. 3. The right to receive expected residual returns. c. The equity investors' voting rights are not proportional to the economics, and substantially all of the activities of the entity either involve or are conducted on behalf of an investor that has disproportionately few voting rights." "Evaluation under Voting Interest Model" Stop consolidation analysis1 3 Power is defined as the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. "Does the reporting entity, on a direct basis, have power3 and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE? (810-10-25-38A through 25-38J and 810-10-25-42)" "Are one or more related parties under common control with the single decision maker and, as a group, do they have power and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE? (810-10-25-44A)" Consolidate entity Consolidate entity YES NO YES "Is there a single decision maker or is power shared? (810-10-25-44)" NO "Single Decision Maker" Perform related party tie breaker test (810-10-25-44)—party most closely associated with VIE consolidates entity NO "As a group, do the reporting entity and its related parties (including de facto agents) have power3 and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE?" YES Shared Power NO Single variable interest holder (not the decision maker) consolidates Stop consolidation analysis1 YES "Evaluation under Variable Interest Model" "Are substantially all of the activities of the VIE conducted on behalf of a single variable interest holder (not the decision maker)? (810-10-25-44B)" "As a group, do the reporting entity and its related parties (including de facto agents) have power3 and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE?" "Does the reporting entity, on a direct and indirect basis, have power3 and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE? (810-10-25-38A through 25-38J and 810-10-25-42)" Perform related party tie breaker test (810-10-25-44)—party most closely associated with VIE consolidates entity YES Stop consolidation analysis1 NO YES Stop consolidation analysis1 NO "For legal entities other than limited partnerships, does the reporting entity own a majority voting interest? (810-10-25-1) For limited partnerships, does the reporting entity own a majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests? (810-10-25-1A)" "Evaluation under Voting Interest Model" YES "Do noncontrolling shareholders or partners hold substantive participating rights? (810-10-25-2 through 25-13A) OR Do other conditions exist (subsidiary in bankruptcy, legal reorganization, etc.) that would indicate that control does not rest with the reporting entity? (810-10-15-10(a))" NO Stop consolidation analysis1 Consolidate entity YES NO Stop consolidation analysis1

Variable Interest Entities

Consolidation of VIEs

810-10-05-8
The Variable Interest Entities Subsections clarify the application of the General Subsections to certain legal entities in which equity investors do not have sufficient equity at risk for the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or, as a group, the holders of the equity investment at risk lack any one of the following three characteristics:
  1. a
    The power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities of a legal entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance
  2. b
    The obligation to absorb the expected losses of the legal entity
  3. c
    The right to receive the expected residual returns of the legal entity.
Paragraph 810-10-10-1 states that consolidated financial statements are usually necessary for a fair presentation if one of the entities in the consolidated group directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest in the other entities. For legal entities other than limited partnerships, paragraph 810-10-15-8 states that the usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority voting interest. For limited partnerships, paragraph 810-10-15-8A states that the usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests. However, application of the majority voting interest and kick-out rights requirements in the General Subsections of this Subtopic to certain types of entities may not identify the party with a controlling financial interest because the controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests or kick-out rights.
810-10-05-8A
The reporting entity with a variable interest or interests that provide the reporting entity with a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity (VIE) will have both of the following characteristics:
  1. a
    The power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance
  2. b
    The obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-05-9
The Variable Interest Entities Subsections explain how to identify VIEs and how to determine when a reporting entity should include the assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and results of activities of a VIE in its consolidated financial statements. Transactions involving VIEs are common. Some reporting entities have entered into arrangements using VIEs that appear to be designed to avoid reporting assets and liabilities for which they are responsible, to delay reporting losses that have already been incurred, or to report gains that are illusory. At the same time, many reporting entities have used VIEs for valid business purposes and have properly accounted for those VIEs based on guidance and accepted practice.
810-10-05-10
Some relationships between reporting entities and VIEs are similar to relationships established by majority voting interests, but VIEs often are arranged without a governing board or with a governing board that has limited ability to make decisions that affect the VIE's activities. A VIE's activities may be limited or predetermined by the articles of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreements, trust agreements, other establishing documents, or contractual agreements between the parties involved with the VIE. A reporting entity implicitly chooses at the time of its investment to accept the activities in which the VIE is permitted to engage. That reporting entity may not need the ability to make decisions if the activities are predetermined or limited in ways the reporting entity chooses to accept. Alternatively, the reporting entity may obtain an ability to make decisions that affect a VIE's activities through contracts or the VIE's governing documents. There may be other techniques for protecting a reporting entity's interests. In any case, the reporting entity may receive benefits similar to those received from a controlling financial interest and be exposed to risks similar to those received from a controlling financial interest without holding a majority voting interest (or without holding any voting interest). The power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the reporting entity's exposure to the entity's losses or benefits are determinants of consolidation in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections. The Variable Interest Entities Subsections also provide guidance on determining whether fees paid to a decision maker or service provider should be considered a variable interest in a VIE.
810-10-05-11
VIEs often are created for a single specified purpose, for example, to facilitate securitization, leasing, hedging, research and development, reinsurance, or other transactions or arrangements. The activities may be predetermined by the documents that establish the VIEs or by contracts or other arrangements between the parties involved. However, those characteristics do not define the scope of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections because other entities may have those same characteristics. The distinction between VIEs and other entities is based on the nature and amount of the equity investment and the rights and obligations of the equity investors.
810-10-05-12
Because the equity investors in an entity other than a VIE generally absorb losses first, they can be expected to resist arrangements that give other parties the ability to significantly increase their risk or reduce their benefits. Other parties can be expected to align their interests with those of the equity investors, protect their interests contractually, or avoid any involvement with the entity.
810-10-05-13
In contrast, either a VIE does not issue voting interests (or other interests with similar rights) or the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. If a legal entity does not issue voting or similar interests or if the equity investment is insufficient, that legal entity's activities may be predetermined or decision-making ability is determined contractually. If the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities, the parties providing the necessary additional subordinated financial support most likely will not permit an equity investor to make decisions that may be counter to their interests. That means that the usual condition for establishing a controlling financial interest as a majority voting interest does not apply to VIEs. Consequently, a consolidation analysis that focuses on ownership of voting stock is not appropriate for such entities.

Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract

810-10-05-14
The Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections provide guidance on the consolidation of entities controlled by contract that are not determined to be variable interest entities (VIEs) (see the Variable Interest Entities Subsection of Section 810-10-15). As indicated in paragraph 810-10-15-19, the guidance in the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections is to be applied to all entities controlled by contract, despite the fact that the context of the guidance is physician practice management entities.
810-10-05-15
Contractual arrangements between entities that are in business to practice and dispense medicine (physician practices) and entities that are in business to manage the operations of those physician practices (physician practice management entities) are becoming increasingly common. The structure of those arrangements takes various forms, provides for varying degrees of participation in the management of the physician practice by the physician practice management entity, and provides for various financial arrangements.
810-10-05-16
Many of the arrangements between physician practices and physician practice management entities arise when the physician practice management entity seeks to acquire the physician practice. Legal or business reasons often preclude the physician practice management entity from acquiring the physician practice's outstanding equity instruments and, if that is the case, then, as an alternative, the physician practice management entity often will acquire some or all of the net assets of the physician practice, assume some or all of the contractual rights and responsibilities of the physician practice, and execute a long-term management agreement to operate the physician practice with the owners of the physician practice (typically the physicians) receiving consideration in exchange. In addition to obtaining a long-term management agreement, the physician practice management entity often will secure the future services of individual physicians employed in the physician practice through employment and noncompete agreements.

810-10-10Objectives

Source downloaded: .Record version b4229d819f21. Effective date must be checked in the source.

810-10-10-1
The purpose of consolidated financial statements is to present, primarily for the benefit of the owners and creditors of the parent, the results of operations and the financial position of a parent and all its subsidiaries as if the consolidated group were a single economic entity. There is a presumption that consolidated financial statements are more meaningful than separate financial statements and that they are usually necessary for a fair presentation when one of the entities in the consolidated group directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest in the other entities.

810-10-15Scope and Scope Exceptions

Source downloaded: .Record version 326e7b2466a3. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Overall Guidance

810-10-15-1
The Scope Section of the Overall Subtopic establishes the pervasive scope for all Subtopics of the Consolidation Topic. Unless explicitly addressed within specific Subtopics, the following scope guidance applies to all Subtopics of the Consolidation Topic.
810-10-15-2
The General Subsection of this Section establishes the pervasive scope for this Subtopic, with specific exceptions noted in the other Subsections of this Section.

Entities

810-10-15-3
All reporting entities shall apply the guidance in the Consolidation Topic to determine whether and how to consolidate another entity and apply the applicable Subsection as follows:
  1. a
    If the reporting entity has an interest in an entity, it must determine whether that entity is within the scope of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections in accordance with paragraph 810-10-15-14. If that entity is within the scope of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, the reporting entity should first apply the guidance in those Subsections. Paragraph 810-10-15-17 provides specific exceptions to applying the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections.
  2. b
    If the reporting entity has an interest in an entity that is not within the scope of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections and is not within the scope of the Subsections mentioned in paragraph 810-10-15-3(c), the reporting entity should use only the guidance in the General Subsections to determine whether that interest constitutes a controlling financial interest.
  3. c
    If the reporting entity has a contractual management relationship with another entity that is not within the scope of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, the reporting entity should use the guidance in the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections to determine whether the arrangement constitutes a controlling financial interest.
810-10-15-4
All legal entities are subject to this Topic's evaluation guidance for consolidation by a reporting entity, with specific qualifications and exceptions noted below.
810-10-15-5
The application of this Topic by not-for-profit entities (NFPs) as defined in Topic 958 is subject to additional guidance in Subtopic 958-810.
810-10-15-6
The guidance in this Topic applies to all reporting entities, with specific qualifications and exceptions noted below.
810-10-15-8
For legal entities other than limited partnerships, the usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority voting interest, and, therefore, as a general rule ownership by one reporting entity, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the outstanding voting shares of another entity is a condition pointing toward consolidation. The power to control may also exist with a lesser percentage of ownership, for example, by contract, lease, agreement with other stockholders, or by court decree.
810-10-15-8A
Given the purpose and design of limited partnerships, kick-out rights through voting interests are analogous to voting rights held by shareholders of a corporation. For limited partnerships, the usual condition for a controlling financial interest, as a general rule, is ownership by one limited partner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests. The power to control also may exist with a lesser percentage of ownership, for example, by contract, lease, agreement with partners, or by court decree.
810-10-15-9
A majority-owned subsidiary is an entity separate from its parent and may be a variable interest entity (VIE) that is subject to consolidation in accordance with the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of this Subtopic. Therefore, a reporting entity with an explicit or implicit interest in a legal entity within the scope of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections shall follow the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections.
810-10-15-10
A reporting entity shall apply consolidation guidance for entities that are not in the scope of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections (see the Variable Interest Entities Subsection of this Section) as follows:
  1. a
    All majority-owned subsidiaries—all entities in which a parent has a controlling financial interest—shall be consolidated. However, there are exceptions to this general rule.
    1. 1
      A majority-owned subsidiary shall not be consolidated if control does not rest with the majority owner—for instance, if any of the following are present:
      1. i
        The subsidiary is in legal reorganization
      2. ii
        The subsidiary is in bankruptcy
      3. iii
        The subsidiary operates under foreign exchange restrictions, controls, or other governmentally imposed uncertainties so severe that they cast significant doubt on the parent's ability to control the subsidiary.
      4. iv
        In some instances, the powers of a shareholder with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests to control the operations or assets of the investee are restricted in certain respects by approval or veto rights granted to the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner (hereafter referred to as noncontrolling rights). In paragraphs , the term noncontrolling shareholder refers to one or more noncontrolling shareholders and the terms limited partner and general partner refer to one or more limited or general partners. Those noncontrolling rights may have little or no impact on the ability of a shareholder with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests to control the investee's operations or assets, or, alternatively, those rights may be so restrictive as to call into question whether control rests with the majority owner.
      5. v
        Control exists through means other than through ownership of a majority voting interest or a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests, for example as described in (c) through (e).
    2. 2
      A majority-owned subsidiary in which a parent has a controlling financial interest shall not be consolidated if the parent is a broker-dealer within the scope of Topic 940 and control is likely to be temporary.
    3. 3
  2. b
  3. c
    Subtopic 810-30 shall be applied to determine the consolidation status of a research and development arrangement.
  4. d
    The Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections of this Subtopic shall be applied to determine whether a contractual management relationship represents a controlling financial interest.
  5. e
    Paragraph 710-10-45-1 addresses the circumstances in which the accounts of a rabbi trust that is not a VIE (see the Variable Interest Entities Subsections for guidance on VIEs) shall be consolidated with the accounts of the employer in the financial statements of the employer.
810-10-15-11
A difference in fiscal periods of a parent and a subsidiary does not justify the exclusion of the subsidiary from consolidation.
810-10-15-12
The guidance in this Topic does not apply in any of the following circumstances:
  1. a
    An employer shall not consolidate an employee benefit plan subject to the provisions of Topic 712 or 715.
  2. b
  3. c
  4. d
    Except as discussed in paragraph 946-810-45-3, an investment company within the scope of Topic 946 shall not consolidate an investee that is not an investment company.
  5. e
    A reporting entity shall not consolidate a governmental organization and shall not consolidate a financing entity established by a governmental organization unless the financing entity meets both of the following conditions:
    1. 1
      Is not a governmental organization
    2. 2
      Is used by the business entity in a manner similar to a VIE in an effort to circumvent the provisions of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections.
  6. f
    A reporting entity shall not consolidate a legal entity that is required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those included in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds.
    1. 1
      A legal entity that is not required to comply with Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 qualifies for this exception if it is similar in its purpose and design, including the risks that the legal entity was designed to create and pass through to its investors, as compared with a legal entity required to comply with Rule 2a-7.
    2. 2
      A reporting entity subject to this scope exception shall disclose any explicit arrangements to provide financial support to legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those included in Rule 2a-7, as well as any instances of such support provided for the periods presented in the performance statement. For purposes of applying this disclosure requirement, the types of support that should be considered include, but are not limited to, any of the following:
      1. i
        Capital contributions (except pari passu investments)
      2. ii
        Standby letters of credit
      3. iii
        Guarantees of principal and interest on debt investments held by the legal entity
      4. iv
        Agreements to purchase financial assets for amounts greater than fair value (for instance, at amortized cost or par value when the financial assets experience significant credit deterioration)
      5. v
        Waivers of fees, including management fees.

Variable Interest Entities

Overall Guidance

810-10-15-13
The Variable Interest Entities Subsections follow the same Scope and Scope Exceptions as outlined in the General Subsection of this Subtopic (see paragraph 810-10-15-1), with specific transaction qualifications and exceptions noted below.
810-10-15-13A
For purposes of applying the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, only substantive terms, transactions, and arrangements, whether contractual or noncontractual, shall be considered. Any term, transaction, or arrangement shall be disregarded when applying the provisions of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections if the term, transaction, or arrangement does not have a substantive effect on any of the following:
  1. a
    A legal entity's status as a variable interest entity (VIE)
  2. b
    A reporting entity's power over a VIE
  3. c
    A reporting entity's obligation to absorb losses or its right to receive benefits of the legal entity.
810-10-15-13B
Judgment, based on consideration of all the facts and circumstances, is needed to distinguish substantive terms, transactions, and arrangements from nonsubstantive terms, transactions, and arrangements. The purpose and design of legal entities shall be considered when performing this assessment.

Entities

810-10-15-14
A legal entity shall be subject to consolidation under the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections if, by design, any of the following conditions exist. (The phrase by design refers to legal entities that meet the conditions in this paragraph because of the way they are structured. For example, a legal entity under the control of its equity investors that originally was not a VIE does not become one because of operating losses. The design of the legal entity is important in the application of these provisions.)
  1. a
    The total equity investment (equity investments in a legal entity are interests that are required to be reported as equity in that entity's financial statements) at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support provided by any parties, including equity holders. For this purpose, the total equity investment at risk has all of the following characteristics:
    1. 1
      Includes only equity investments in the legal entity that participate significantly in profits and losses even if those investments do not carry voting rights
    2. 2
      Does not include equity interests that the legal entity issued in exchange for subordinated interests in other VIEs
    3. 3
      Does not include amounts provided to the equity investor directly or indirectly by the legal entity or by other parties involved with the legal entity (for example, by fees, charitable contributions, or other payments), unless the provider is a parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of the investor that is required to be included in the same set of consolidated financial statements as the investor
    4. 4
      Does not include amounts financed for the equity investor (for example, by loans or guarantees of loans) directly by the legal entity or by other parties involved with the legal entity, unless that party is a parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of the investor that is required to be included in the same set of consolidated financial statements as the investor.
    Paragraphs discuss the amount of the total equity investment at risk that is necessary to permit a legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.
  2. b
    As a group the holders of the equity investment at risk lack any one of the following three characteristics:
    1. 1
      The power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities of a legal entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance.
      1. i
        For legal entities other than limited partnerships, investors lack that power through voting rights or similar rights if no owners hold voting rights or similar rights (such as those of a common shareholder in a corporation). Legal entities that are not controlled by the holder of a majority voting interest because of noncontrolling shareholder veto rights (participating rights) as discussed in paragraphs are not VIEs if the holders of the equity investment at risk as a group have the power to control the entity and the equity investment meets the other requirements of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections.
        1. 01
          If no owners hold voting rights or similar rights (such as those of a common shareholder in a corporation) over the activities of a legal entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance, kick-out rights or participating rights (according to their VIE definitions) held by the holders of the equity investment at risk shall not prevent interests other than the equity investment from having this characteristic unless a single equity holder (including its related parties and de facto agents) has the unilateral ability to exercise such rights. Alternatively, interests other than the equity investment at risk that provide the holders of those interests with kick-out rights or participating rights shall not prevent the equity holders from having this characteristic unless a single reporting entity (including its related parties and de facto agents) has the unilateral ability to exercise those rights. A decision maker also shall not prevent the equity holders from having this characteristic unless the fees paid to the decision maker represent a variable interest based on paragraphs .
      2. ii
        For limited partnerships, partners lack that power if neither (01) nor (02) below exists. The guidance in this subparagraph does not apply to entities in industries (see paragraphs 910-810-45-1 and 932-810-45-1) in which it is appropriate for a general partner to use the pro rata method of consolidation for its investment in a limited partnership (see paragraph 810-10-45-14).
        1. 01
          A simple majority or lower threshold of limited partners (including a single limited partner) with equity at risk is able to exercise substantive kick-out rights (according to their voting interest entity definition) through voting interests over the general partner(s).
          1. A
            For purposes of evaluating the threshold in (01) above, a general partner's kick-out rights held through voting interests shall not be included. Kick-out rights through voting interests held by entities under common control with the general partner or other parties acting on behalf of the general partner also shall not be included.
        2. 02
          Limited partners with equity at risk are able to exercise substantive participating rights (according to their voting interest entity definition) over the general partner(s).
        3. 03
          For purposes of (01) and (02) above, evaluation of the substantiveness of participating rights and kick-out rights shall be based on the guidance included in paragraphs 810-10-25-2 through 25-14C.
    2. 2
      The obligation to absorb the expected losses of the legal entity. The investor or investors do not have that obligation if they are directly or indirectly protected from the expected losses or are guaranteed a return by the legal entity itself or by other parties involved with the legal entity. See paragraphs and Example 1 (see paragraph 810-10-55-42) for a discussion of expected losses.
    3. 3
      The right to receive the expected residual returns of the legal entity. The investors do not have that right if their return is capped by the legal entity's governing documents or arrangements with other variable interest holders or the legal entity. For this purpose, the return to equity investors is not considered to be capped by the existence of outstanding stock options, convertible debt, or similar interests because if the options in those instruments are exercised, the holders will become additional equity investors.
    If interests other than the equity investment at risk provide the holders of that investment with these characteristics or if interests other than the equity investment at risk prevent the equity holders from having these characteristics, the entity is a VIE.
  3. c
    The equity investors as a group also are considered to lack the characteristic in (b)(1) if both of the following conditions are present:
    1. 1
      The voting rights of some investors are not proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of the legal entity, their rights to receive the expected residual returns of the legal entity, or both.
    2. 2
      Substantially all of the legal entity's activities (for example, providing financing or buying assets) either involve or are conducted on behalf of an investor that has disproportionately few voting rights. This provision is necessary to prevent a primary beneficiary from avoiding consolidation of a VIE by organizing the legal entity with nonsubstantive voting interests. Activities that involve or are conducted on behalf of the related parties of an investor with disproportionately few voting rights shall be treated as if they involve or are conducted on behalf of that investor. The term related parties in this paragraph refers to all parties identified in paragraph 810-10-25-43, except for de facto agents under paragraph 810-10-25-43(d).
    For purposes of applying this requirement, reporting entities shall consider each party's obligations to absorb expected losses and rights to receive expected residual returns related to all of that party's interests in the legal entity and not only to its equity investment at risk.
810-10-15-15
Portions of legal entities or aggregations of assets within a legal entity shall not be treated as separate entities for purposes of applying the Variable Interest Entities Subsections unless the entire entity is a VIE. Some examples are divisions, departments, branches, and pools of assets subject to liabilities that give the creditor no recourse to other assets of the entity. Majority-owned subsidiaries are legal entities separate from their parents that are subject to the Variable Interest Entities Subsections and may be VIEs.
810-10-15-17
The following exceptions to the Variable Interest Entities Subsections apply to all legal entities in addition to the exceptions listed in paragraph 810-10-15-12:
  1. a
    Not-for-profit entities (NFPs) are not subject to the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, except that they may be related parties for purposes of applying paragraphs . In addition, if an NFP is used by business reporting entities in a manner similar to a VIE in an effort to circumvent the provisions of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, that NFP shall be subject to the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections.
  2. b
    Separate accounts of life insurance entities as described in Topic 944 are not subject to consolidation according to the requirements of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections.
  3. c
    A reporting entity with an interest in a VIE or potential VIE created before December 31, 2003, is not required to apply the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections to that VIE or legal entity if the reporting entity, after making an exhaustive effort, is unable to obtain the information necessary to do any one of the following:
    1. 1
      Determine whether the legal entity is a VIE
    2. 2
      Determine whether the reporting entity is the VIE's primary beneficiary
    3. 3
      Perform the accounting required to consolidate the VIE for which it is determined to be the primary beneficiary.
    This inability to obtain the necessary information is expected to be infrequent, especially if the reporting entity participated significantly in the design or redesign of the legal entity. The scope exception in this provision applies only as long as the reporting entity continues to be unable to obtain the necessary information. Paragraph 810-10-50-6 requires certain disclosures to be made about interests in VIEs subject to this provision. Paragraphs provide transition guidance for a reporting entity that subsequently obtains the information necessary to apply the Variable Interest Entities Subsections to a VIE subject to this exception.
  4. d
    A legal entity that is deemed to be a business need not be evaluated by a reporting entity to determine if the legal entity is a VIE under the requirements of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections unless any of the following conditions exist (however, for legal entities that are excluded by this provision, other generally accepted accounting principles [GAAP] should be applied):
    1. 1
      The reporting entity, its related parties (all parties identified in paragraph 810-10-25-43, except for de facto agents under paragraph 810-10-25-43(d)), or both participated significantly in the design or redesign of the legal entity. However, this condition does not apply if the legal entity is an operating joint venture under joint control of the reporting entity and one or more independent parties or a franchisee.
    2. 2
      The legal entity is designed so that substantially all of its activities either involve or are conducted on behalf of the reporting entity and its related parties.
    3. 3
      The reporting entity and its related parties provide more than half of the total of the equity, subordinated debt, and other forms of subordinated financial support to the legal entity based on an analysis of the fair values of the interests in the legal entity.
    4. 4
      The activities of the legal entity are primarily related to securitizations or other forms of asset-backed financings or single-lessee leasing arrangements.
    A legal entity that previously was not evaluated to determine if it was a VIE because of this provision need not be evaluated in future periods as long as the legal entity continues to meet the conditions in (d).

Accounting Alternative for Entities under Common Control

810-10-15-17AC
Paragraphs , , and provide guidance for a private company electing the accounting alternative for entities under common control in this Subtopic.
810-10-15-17AD
A legal entity need not be evaluated by a private company (reporting entity) under the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections if all of the following criteria are met:
  1. a
    The reporting entity and the legal entity are under common control.
  2. b
    The reporting entity and the legal entity are not under common control of a public business entity.
  3. c
    The legal entity under common control is not a public business entity.
  4. d
    The reporting entity does not directly or indirectly have a controlling financial interest in the legal entity when considering the General Subsections of this Topic. The Variable Interest Entities Subsections shall not be applied when making this determination.
Applying this accounting alternative is an accounting policy election. If a private company elects to apply this accounting alternative, it shall apply this alternative to all legal entities if criteria (a) through (d) are met. A reporting entity that elects the accounting alternative and, thus, does not apply the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections shall continue to apply other accounting guidance (including guidance in the General Subsections of this Subtopic) unless another scope exception from this Topic applies. A reporting entity applying this alternative shall disclose the required information specified in paragraphs 810-10-50-2AG through 50-2AI unless the legal entity is consolidated by the reporting entity through accounting guidance other than VIE guidance.
810-10-15-17AE
To determine whether the private company (reporting entity) and the legal entity are under common control of a parent solely for the purpose of applying paragraph 810-10-15-17AD(a), the private company shall consider only the parent's direct and indirect voting interest in the private company and the legal entity. In other words, only the guidance in the General Subsections of this Topic shall be considered for determining whether a parent has a direct or indirect controlling financial interest in the private company and the legal entity as required in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD(a). The guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of this Topic shall not be applied for making this determination. See paragraphs 810-10-55-205AU through 55-205AZ for illustrative guidance.
810-10-15-17AF
If any of the criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD for applying the accounting alternative cease to be met, a private company shall apply the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections at the date of change on a prospective basis, except for situations in which a reporting entity becomes a public business entity. When a reporting entity becomes a public business entity, it shall apply the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections in accordance with Topic 250 on accounting changes and error corrections.

Collateralized Financing Entities

810-10-15-17D
The guidance on collateralized financing entities in this Topic provides a measurement alternative to Topic 820 on fair value measurement and applies to a reporting entity that consolidates a collateralized financing entity when both of the following conditions exist:
  1. a
    All of the financial assets and the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity are measured at fair value in the consolidated financial statements under other applicable Topics, other than financial assets and financial liabilities that are incidental to the operations of the collateralized financing entity and have carrying values that approximate fair value (for example, cash, broker receivables, or broker payables).
  2. b
    The changes in the fair values of those financial assets and financial liabilities are reflected in earnings.

Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract

Overall Guidance

810-10-15-18
The Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections follow the same Scope and Scope Exceptions as outlined in the General Subsection of this Subtopic, see paragraph 810-10-15-1, with specific qualifications and exceptions noted below.

Entities

810-10-15-19
The guidance in the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections applies to all entities that are not determined to be variable interest entities (VIEs) (see the Variable Interest Entities Subsection of this Section) if the circumstances are similar to those described in the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections. For example, there may be industries other than the health care industry in which a contractual management arrangement is established under circumstances similar to those addressed in the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections.

Transactions

810-10-15-20
The guidance in the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections applies, in part, to contractual management arrangements with both of the following characteristics:
  1. a
    Relationships between entities that operate in the health care industry including the practices of medicine, dentistry, veterinary science, and chiropractic medicine (for convenience, entities engaging in these practices are collectively referred to as physician practices)
  2. b
    Relationships in which the physician practice management entity does not own the majority of the outstanding voting equity instruments of the physician practice, whether because the physician practice management entity is precluded by law from owning those equity instruments or because the physician practice management entity has elected not to own those equity instruments.
As stated in the preceding paragraph, there may be industries other than the health care industry in which a contractual management arrangement is established under circumstances similar to those addressed in the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections.
810-10-15-21
A physician practice management entity can establish a controlling financial interest in a physician practice through contractual management arrangements. Specifically, a controlling financial interest exists if, for a requisite period of time, the physician practice management entity has control over the physician practice and has a financial interest in the physician practice that meets all six of the requirements listed in the following paragraph. That paragraph contains guidance that describes how those six requirements are to be applied. Paragraph 810-10-55-206 contains a decision tree illustrating the basic analysis called for by both the six requirements and the presumptive, but not the other, interpretive guidance.
810-10-15-22
If all of the following requirements are met, then the physician practice management entity has a controlling financial interest in the physician practice:
  1. a
    Term. The contractual arrangement between the physician practice management entity and the physician practice has both of the following characteristics:
    1. 1
      Has a term that is either the entire remaining legal life of the physician practice entity or a period of 10 years or more
    2. 2
      Is not terminable by the physician practice except in the case of gross negligence, fraud, or other illegal acts by the physician practice management entity, or bankruptcy of the physician practice management entity.
  2. b
    Control. The physician practice management entity has exclusive authority over all decision making related to both of the following:
    1. 1
      Ongoing, major, or central operations of the physician practice, except for the dispensing of medical services. This must include exclusive decision-making authority over scope of services, patient acceptance policies and procedures, pricing of services, negotiation and execution of contracts, and establishment and approval of operating and capital budgets. This authority also must include exclusive decision-making authority over issuance of debt if debt financing is an ongoing, major, or central source of financing for the physician practice.
    2. 2
      Total practice compensation of the licensed medical professionals as well as the ability to establish and implement guidelines for the selection, hiring, and firing of them.
  3. c
    Financial interest. The physician practice management entity must have a significant financial interest in the physician practice that meets both of the following criteria:
    1. 1
      Is unilaterally saleable or transferable by the physician practice management entity
    2. 2
      Provides the physician practice management entity with the right to receive income, both as ongoing fees and as proceeds from the sale of its interest in the physician practice, in an amount that fluctuates based on the performance of the operations of the physician practice and the change in the fair value thereof.
Term, control, financial interest, and so forth are further described in paragraphs .

810-10-25Recognition

Source downloaded: .Record version 7d0bb74d4eb7. Effective date must be checked in the source.

810-10-25-1
For legal entities other than limited partnerships, consolidation is appropriate if a reporting entity has a controlling financial interest in another entity and a specific scope exception does not apply (see Section 810-10-15). The usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority voting interest, but in some circumstances control does not rest with the majority owner.
810-10-25-1A
Given the purpose and design of limited partnerships, kick-out rights through voting interests are analogous to voting rights held by shareholders of a corporation. Consolidation is appropriate if a reporting entity has a controlling financial interest in a limited partnership and a specific scope exception does not apply (see Section 810-10-15). The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a limited partnership is ownership of a majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests, but, in some circumstances, control does not rest with the majority owner.

The Effect of Noncontrolling Rights on Consolidation

810-10-25-2
Paragraph 810-10-15-10(a)(1)(iv) explains that, in some instances, the powers of a shareholder with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests to control the operations or assets of the investee are restricted in certain respects by approval or veto rights granted to the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner (referred to as noncontrolling rights). That paragraph also explains that, in paragraphs , the term noncontrolling shareholder refers to one or more noncontrolling shareholders and the terms limited partner and general partner refer to one or more limited or general partners. Paragraph 810-10-15-10(a)(1)(iv) explains that those noncontrolling rights may have little or no impact on the ability of a shareholder with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests to control the investee's operations or assets, or, alternatively, those rights may be so restrictive as to call into question whether control rests with the majority owner.
810-10-25-3
The guidance in paragraphs shall be applied in assessing the impact on consolidation of noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner approval or veto rights in both of the following circumstances:
  1. a
    Investments in which the investor has a majority voting interest in investees that are corporations or analogous entities (such as limited liability companies that have governing provisions that are the functional equivalent of regular corporations), or investments in which a limited partner has a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests in a limited partnership
  2. b
    Other circumstances in which legal entities would be consolidated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), absent the existence of certain approval or veto rights held by noncontrolling shareholders or limited partners.
810-10-25-4
The guidance in paragraphs on noncontrolling rights does not apply in either of the following situations:
  1. a
    Entities that, in accordance with GAAP, carry substantially all of their assets, including investments in controlled entities, at fair value with changes in value reported in a statement of net income or financial performance
  2. b
    Investments in variable interest entities (VIEs) (see the Variable Interest Entities Subsection of Section 810-10-15).
810-10-25-5
The assessment of whether the rights of a noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner should overcome the presumption of consolidation by the investor with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests in its investee is a matter of judgment that depends on facts and circumstances. The framework in which such facts and circumstances are judged shall be based on whether the noncontrolling rights, individually or in the aggregate, allow the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to effectively participate in certain significant financial and operating decisions of the investee that are made in the ordinary course of business. Effective participation means the ability to block significant decisions proposed by the investor who has a majority voting interest or the general partner. That is, control does not rest with the majority owner because the investor with the majority voting interest cannot cause the investee to take an action that is significant in the ordinary course of business if it has been vetoed by the noncontrolling shareholder. Similarly, for limited partnerships, control does not rest with the limited partner with the majority of kick-out rights through voting interests if the limited partner cannot cause the general partner to take an action that is significant in the ordinary course of business if it has been vetoed by other limited partners. This assessment of noncontrolling rights shall be made at the time a majority voting interest or a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests is obtained and shall be reassessed if there is a significant change to the terms or in the exercisability of the rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner.
810-10-25-6
All noncontrolling rights could be described as protective of the noncontrolling shareholder's or limited partner's investment in the investee, but some noncontrolling rights also allow the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to participate in determining certain significant financial and operating decisions of the investee that are made in the ordinary course of business (referred to as participating rights). Participation means the ability to block actions proposed by the investor that has a majority voting interest or the general partner. Thus, the investor with the majority voting interest or the general partner must have the agreement of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to take certain actions. Participation does not mean the ability of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to initiate actions.
810-10-25-7
Noncontrolling rights that are only protective in nature (referred to as protective rights) would not overcome the presumption that the owner of a majority voting interest or the limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests shall consolidate its investee. Substantive noncontrolling rights that allow the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to effectively participate in certain significant financial and operating decisions of the investee that are made in the investee's ordinary course of business, although also protective of the noncontrolling shareholder's or limited partner's investment, shall overcome the presumption that the investor with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests shall consolidate its investee.
810-10-25-8
For purposes of this Subsection, decisions made in the ordinary course of business are defined as decisions about matters of a type consistent with those normally expected to be addressed in directing and carrying out the entity's current business activities, regardless of whether the events or transactions that would necessitate such decisions are expected to occur in the near term. However, it must be at least reasonably possible that those events or transactions that would necessitate such decisions will occur. The ordinary course of business definition would not include self-dealing transactions with controlling shareholders or limited partners.
810-10-25-9
The following guidance addresses considerations of noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner rights, specifically:
  1. a
    Protective rights
  2. b
    Participating rights
  3. c
    Factors to consider in evaluating whether noncontrolling rights are substantive participating rights.
810-10-25-10
Noncontrolling rights (whether granted by contract or by law) that would allow the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to block corporate or partnership actions would be considered protective rights and would not overcome the presumption of consolidation by the investor with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests in its investee. The following list is illustrative of the protective rights that often are provided to the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner but is not all-inclusive:
  1. a
    Amendments to articles of incorporation or partnership agreements of the investee
  2. b
    Pricing on transactions between the owner of a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests and the investee and related self-dealing transactions
  3. c
    Liquidation of the investee in the context of Topic 852 on reorganizations or a decision to cause the investee to enter bankruptcy or other receivership
  4. d
    Acquisitions and dispositions of assets that are not expected to be undertaken in the ordinary course of business (noncontrolling rights relating to acquisitions and dispositions of assets that are expected to be made in the ordinary course of business are participating rights; determining whether such rights are substantive requires judgment in light of the relevant facts and circumstances [see paragraphs 810-10-25-13 and 810-10-55-1])
  5. e
    Issuance or repurchase of equity interests.
810-10-25-11
Noncontrolling rights (whether granted by contract or by law) that would allow the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to effectively participate in either of the following corporate or partnership actions shall be considered substantive participating rights and would overcome the presumption that the investor with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests shall consolidate its investee. The following list is illustrative of substantive participating rights, but is not necessarily all-inclusive:
  1. a
    Selecting, terminating, and setting the compensation of management responsible for implementing the investee's policies and procedures
  2. b
    Establishing operating and capital decisions of the investee, including budgets, in the ordinary course of business.
810-10-25-12
The rights noted in paragraph 810-10-25-11 are participating rights because, in the aggregate, the rights allow the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to effectively participate in certain significant financial and operating decisions that occur as part of the ordinary course of the investee's business and are significant factors in directing and carrying out the activities of the business. Individual rights, such as the right to veto the termination of management responsible for implementing the investee's policies and procedures, should be assessed based on the facts and circumstances to determine if they are substantive participating rights in and of themselves. However, noncontrolling rights that appear to be participating rights but that by themselves are not substantive (see paragraphs 810-10-25-13 and 810-10-55-1) would not overcome the presumption of consolidation by the investor with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests in its investee. The likelihood that the veto right will be exercised by the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner should not be considered when assessing whether a noncontrolling right is a substantive participating right.
810-10-25-13
The following factors shall be considered in evaluating whether noncontrolling rights that appear to be participating are substantive rights, that is, whether these factors provide for effective participation in certain significant financial and operating decisions that are made in the investee's ordinary course of business:
  1. a
    Consideration shall be given to situations in which a majority shareholder or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests owns such a significant portion of the investee that the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner has a small economic interest. As the disparity between the ownership interest of majority and noncontrolling shareholders or between the limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests and noncontrolling limited partners increases, the rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner are presumptively more likely to be protective rights and shall raise the level of skepticism about the substance of the right. Similarly, although a majority owner is presumed to control an investee, the level of skepticism about such ability shall increase as the investor's or limited partner's economic interest in the investee decreases.
  2. b
    The governing documents shall be considered to determine at what level decisions are made—at the shareholder or limited partner level or at the board level—and the rights at each level also shall be considered. In all situations, any matters that can be put to a vote of the shareholders or limited partners shall be considered to determine if other investors, individually or in the aggregate, have substantive participating rights by virtue of their ability to vote on matters submitted to a shareholder or limited partner vote.
  3. c
    Relationships between the majority and noncontrolling shareholders or partners (other than an investment in the common investee) that are of a related-party nature, as defined in Topic 850, shall be considered in determining whether the participating rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner are substantive. For example, if the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner in an investee is a member of the immediate family of the majority shareholder, general partner, or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests of the investee, then the rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner likely would not overcome the presumption of consolidation by the investor with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests in its investee.
  4. d
    Certain noncontrolling rights may deal with operating or capital decisions that are not significant to the ordinary course of business of the investee. Noncontrolling rights related to decisions that are not considered significant for directing and carrying out the activities of the investee's business are not substantive participating rights and would not overcome the presumption of consolidation by the investor with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests in its investee. Examples of such noncontrolling rights include all of the following:
    1. 1
      Location of the investee's headquarters
    2. 2
      Name of the investee
    3. 3
      Selection of auditors
    4. 4
      Selection of accounting principles for purposes of separate reporting of the investee's operations.
  5. e
    Certain noncontrolling rights may provide for the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to participate in certain significant financial and operating decisions that are made in the investee's ordinary course of business; however, the existence of such noncontrolling rights shall not overcome the presumption that the majority owner shall consolidate, if it is remote that the event or transaction that requires noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner approval will occur. Remote is defined in Topic 450 as the chance of the future event or events occurring being slight.
  6. f
    An owner of a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests who has a contractual right to buy out the interest of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner in the investee for fair value or less shall consider the feasibility of exercising that contractual right when determining if the participating rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner are substantive. If such a buyout is prudent, feasible, and substantially within the control of the majority owner, the contractual right to buy out the noncontrolling owner or limited partner demonstrates that the participating right of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner is not a substantive right. The existence of such call options, for purposes of the General Subsections, negates the participating rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to veto an action of the majority shareholder or general partner, rather than create an additional ownership interest for that majority shareholder. It would not be prudent, feasible, and substantially within the control of the majority owner to buy out the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner if, for example, either of the following conditions exists:
    1. 1
      The noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner controls technology that is critical to the investee.
    2. 2
      The noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner is the principal source of funding for the investee.
Paragraph 810-10-55-1 provides additional guidance on assessing substantive participating rights.
810-10-25-14
An entity that is not controlled by the holder of a majority voting interest or holder of a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests because of noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner veto rights described in paragraphs and 810-10-55-1 is not a VIE if the shareholders or partners as a group (the holders of the equity investment at risk) have the power to control the entity and the equity investment meets the other requirements of paragraphs 810-10-15-14 and , as applicable.

Kick-Out Rights

810-10-25-14A
For limited partnerships, the determination of whether kick-out rights are substantive shall be based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances. For kick-out rights to be considered substantive, the limited partners holding the kick-out rights must have the ability to exercise those rights if they choose to do so; that is, there are no significant barriers to the exercise of the rights. Barriers include, but are not limited to, the following:
  1. a
    Kick-out rights subject to conditions that make it unlikely they will be exercisable, for example, conditions that narrowly limit the timing of the exercise
  2. b
    Financial penalties or operational barriers associated with dissolving (liquidating) the limited partnership or replacing the general partners that would act as a significant disincentive for dissolution (liquidation) or removal
  3. c
    The absence of an adequate number of qualified replacement general partners or the lack of adequate compensation to attract a qualified replacement
  4. d
    The absence of an explicit, reasonable mechanism in the limited partnership's governing documents or in the applicable laws or regulations, by which the limited partners holding the rights can call for and conduct a vote to exercise those rights
  5. e
    The inability of the limited partners holding the rights to obtain the information necessary to exercise them.
810-10-25-14B
The limited partners' unilateral right to withdraw from the partnership in whole or in part (withdrawal right) that does not require dissolution or liquidation of the entire limited partnership would not be deemed a kick-out right. The requirement to dissolve or liquidate the entire limited partnership upon the withdrawal of a limited partner or partners shall not be required to be contractual for a withdrawal right to be considered as a potential kick-out right.
810-10-25-14C
Rights held by the limited partners to remove the general partners from the partnership shall be evaluated as kick-out rights pursuant to paragraph 810-10-25-14A. Rights of the limited partners to participate in the termination of management (for example, management is outsourced to a party other than the general partner) or the individual members of management of the limited partnership may be substantive participating rights. Paragraphs provide additional guidance on assessing kick-out rights.

Retention of Specialized Accounting for Investments in Consolidation

810-10-25-15
For the purposes of consolidating a subsidiary subject to guidance in an industry-specific Topic, an entity shall retain the industry-specific guidance applied by that subsidiary.

Profits Resulting from Intercompany Transfers of LIFO Inventories

810-10-25-16
See paragraphs for guidance on accounting for profits resulting from intercompany transfers of last-in, first-out (LIFO) inventories.

Variable Interest Entities

810-10-25-20
This Subsection addresses various transactional considerations in determining whether a legal entity is a variable interest entity (VIE) and would need to be consolidated by the reporting entity, specifically:
  1. a
    Determining the variability to be considered
    1. 1
      Terms of interests issued
    2. 2
      Subordination
    3. 3
      Certain interest rate risk
    4. 4
      Certain derivative instruments
  2. b
    Initial involvement with a legal entity
  3. c
    Consolidation based on variable interests
    1. 1
      The effect of related parties
    2. 2
      Sufficiency of equity at risk
    3. 3
      Implicit variable interests
    4. 4
      Variable interest and interests in specific assets of a VIE.

Determining the Variability to Be Considered

810-10-25-21
The variability that is considered in applying the Variable Interest Entities Subsections affects the determination of all of the following:
  1. a
    Whether the legal entity is a VIE
  2. b
    Which interests are variable interests in the legal entity
  3. c
    Which party, if any, is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.
That variability will affect any calculation of expected losses and expected residual returns, if such a calculation is necessary. Paragraph 810-10-25-38A provides guidance on the use of a quantitative approach associated with expected losses and expected residual returns in connection with determining which party is the primary beneficiary.
810-10-25-22
The variability to be considered in applying the Variable Interest Entities Subsections shall be based on an analysis of the design of the legal entity as outlined in the following steps:
  1. a
    Step 1: Analyze the nature of the risks in the legal entity (see paragraphs ).
  2. b
    Step 2: Determine the purpose(s) for which the legal entity was created and determine the variability (created by the risks identified in Step 1) the legal entity is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders (see paragraphs ).
810-10-25-23
For purposes of paragraphs , interest holders include all potential variable interest holders (including contractual, ownership, or other pecuniary interests in the legal entity). After determining the variability to consider, the reporting entity can determine which interests are designed to absorb that variability. The cash flow and fair value are methods that can be used to measure the amount of variability (that is, expected losses and expected residual returns) of a legal entity. However, a method that is used to measure the amount of variability does not provide an appropriate basis for determining which variability should be considered in applying the Variable Interest Entities Subsections.
810-10-25-24
The risks to be considered in Step 1 that cause variability include, but are not limited to, the following:
  1. a
    Credit risk
  2. b
    Interest rate risk (including prepayment risk)
  3. c
    Foreign currency exchange risk
  4. d
    Commodity price risk
  5. e
    Equity price risk
  6. f
    Operations risk.
810-10-25-25
In determining the purpose for which the legal entity was created and the variability the legal entity was designed to create and pass along to its interest holders in Step 2, all relevant facts and circumstances shall be considered, including, but not limited to, the following factors:
  1. a
    The activities of the legal entity
  2. b
    The terms of the contracts the legal entity has entered into
  3. c
    The nature of the legal entity's interests issued
  4. d
    How the legal entity's interests were negotiated with or marketed to potential investors
  5. e
    Which parties participated significantly in the design or redesign of the legal entity.
810-10-25-26
Typically, assets and operations of the legal entity create the legal entity's variability (and thus, are not variable interests), and liabilities and equity interests absorb that variability (and thus, are variable interests). Other contracts or arrangements may appear to both create and absorb variability because at times they may represent assets of the legal entity and at other times liabilities (either recorded or unrecorded). The role of a contract or arrangement in the design of the legal entity, regardless of its legal form or accounting classification, shall dictate whether that interest should be treated as creating variability for the entity or absorbing variability.
810-10-25-27
A review of the terms of the contracts that the legal entity has entered into shall include an analysis of the original formation documents, governing documents, marketing materials, and other contractual arrangements entered into by the legal entity and provided to potential investors or other parties associated with the legal entity.
810-10-25-28
Example 3 (see paragraph 810-10-55-55) is intended to demonstrate how to apply the provisions of this guidance on determining the variability to be considered, including whether arrangements (such as derivative instruments or guarantees of value) create variability (and are therefore not variable interests) or absorb variability (and are therefore variable interests).
810-10-25-29
A qualitative analysis of the design of the legal entity, as performed in accordance with the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, will often be conclusive in determining the variability to consider in applying the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, determining which interests are variable interests, and ultimately determining which variable interest holder, if any, is the primary beneficiary.
810-10-25-30
The following addresses various considerations related to determination of variability, specifically:
  1. a
    Terms of interests issued
  2. b
    Subordination
  3. c
    Certain interest rate risk
  4. d
    Certain derivative instruments.
810-10-25-31
An analysis of the nature of the legal entity's interests issued shall include consideration as to whether the terms of those interests, regardless of their legal form or accounting designation, transfer all or a portion of the risk or return (or both) of certain assets or operations of the legal entity to holders of those interests. The variability that is transferred to those interest holders strongly indicates a variability that the legal entity is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders.
810-10-25-32
For legal entities that issue both senior interests and subordinated interests, the determination of which variability shall be considered often will be affected by whether the subordination (that is, the priority on claims to the legal entity's cash flows) is substantive. The subordinated interest(s) (as discussed in paragraph 810-10-55-23) generally will absorb expected losses prior to the senior interest(s). As a consequence, the senior interest generally has a higher credit rating and lower interest rate compared with the subordinated interest. The amount of a subordinated interest in relation to the overall expected losses and residual returns of the legal entity often is the primary factor in determining whether such subordination is substantive. The variability that is absorbed by an interest that is substantively subordinated strongly indicates a particular variability that the legal entity was designed to create and pass along to its interest holders. If the subordinated interest is considered equity-at-risk, as that term is used in paragraph 810-10-15-14, that equity can be considered substantive for the purpose of determining the variability to be considered, even if it is not deemed sufficient under paragraphs 810-10-15-14(a) and 810-10-25-45.
810-10-25-33
Periodic interest receipts or payments shall be excluded from the variability to consider if the legal entity was not designed to create and pass along the interest rate risk associated with such interest receipts or payments to its interest holders. However, interest rate fluctuations also can result in variations in cash proceeds received upon anticipated sales of fixed-rate investments in an actively managed portfolio or those held in a static pool that, by design, will be required to be sold prior to maturity to satisfy obligations of the legal entity. That variability is strongly indicated as a variability that the legal entity was designed to create and pass along to its interest holders.
810-10-25-34
A legal entity may enter into an arrangement, such as a derivative instrument, to either reduce or eliminate the variability created by certain assets or operations of the legal entity or mismatches between the overall asset and liability profiles of the legal entity, thereby protecting certain liability and equity holders from exposure to such variability. During the life of the legal entity those arrangements can be in either an asset position or a liability position (recorded or unrecorded) from the perspective of the legal entity.
810-10-25-35
The following characteristics, if both are present, are strong indications that a derivative instrument is a creator of variability:
  1. a
    Its underlying is an observable market rate, price, index of prices or rates, or other market observable variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified market observable event).
  2. b
    The derivative counterparty is senior in priority relative to other interest holders in the legal entity.
810-10-25-36
If the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the derivative instrument are expected to offset all, or essentially all, of the risk or return (or both) related to a majority of the assets (excluding the derivative instrument) or operations of the legal entity, the design of the legal entity will need to be analyzed further to determine whether that instrument should be considered a creator of variability or a variable interest. For example, if a written call or put option or a total return swap that has the characteristics in (a) and (b) in the preceding paragraph relates to the majority of the assets owned by a legal entity, the design of the legal entity will need to be analyzed further (see paragraphs ) to determine whether that instrument should be considered a creator of variability or a variable interest.
810-10-25-37
The initial determination of whether a legal entity is a VIE shall be made on the date at which a reporting entity becomes involved with the legal entity. For purposes of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, involvement with a legal entity refers to ownership, contractual, or other pecuniary interests that may be determined to be variable interests. That determination shall be based on the circumstances on that date including future changes that are required in existing governing documents and existing contractual arrangements.

Consolidation Based on Variable Interests

810-10-25-38
A reporting entity shall consolidate a VIE when that reporting entity has a variable interest (or combination of variable interests) that provides the reporting entity with a controlling financial interest on the basis of the provisions in paragraphs . The reporting entity that consolidates a VIE is called the primary beneficiary of that VIE.
810-10-25-38A
A reporting entity with a variable interest in a VIE shall assess whether the reporting entity has a controlling financial interest in the VIE and, thus, is the VIE's primary beneficiary. This shall include an assessment of the characteristics of the reporting entity's variable interest(s) and other involvements (including involvement of related parties and de facto agents), if any, in the VIE, as well as the involvement of other variable interest holders. Paragraph 810-10-25-43 provides guidance on related parties and de facto agents. Additionally, the assessment shall consider the VIE's purpose and design, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. A reporting entity shall be deemed to have a controlling financial interest in a VIE if it has both of the following characteristics:
  1. a
    The power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance
  2. b
    The obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The quantitative approach described in the definitions of the terms expected losses, expected residual returns, and expected variability is not required and shall not be the sole determinant as to whether a reporting entity has these obligations or rights.
Only one reporting entity, if any, is expected to be identified as the primary beneficiary of a VIE. Although more than one reporting entity could have the characteristic in (b) of this paragraph, only one reporting entity if any, will have the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-25-38B
A reporting entity must identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. A reporting entity's ability to direct the activities of an entity when circumstances arise or events happen constitutes power if that ability relates to the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE. A reporting entity does not have to exercise its power in order to have power to direct the activities of a VIE.
810-10-25-38C
A reporting entity's determination of whether it has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance shall not be affected by the existence of kick-out rights or participating rights unless a single reporting entity (including its related parties and de facto agents) has the unilateral ability to exercise those kick-out rights or participating rights. A single reporting entity (including its related parties and de facto agents) that has the unilateral ability to exercise kick-out rights or participating rights may be the party with the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance.These requirements related to kick-out rights and participating rights are limited to this particular analysis and are not applicable to transactions accounted for under other authoritative guidance.Protective rights held by other parties do not preclude a reporting entity from having the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance.
810-10-25-38D
If a reporting entity determines that power is, in fact, shared among multiple unrelated parties such that no one party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then no party is the primary beneficiary. Power is shared if two or more unrelated parties together have the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and if decisions about those activities require the consent of each of the parties sharing power. If a reporting entity concludes that power is not shared but the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are directed by multiple unrelated parties and the nature of the activities that each party is directing is the same, then the party, if any, with the power over the majority of those activities shall be considered to have the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(a).
810-10-25-38E
If the activities that impact the VIE's economic performance are directed by multiple unrelated parties, and the nature of the activities that each party is directing is not the same, then a reporting entity shall identify which party has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. One party will have this power, and that party shall be deemed to have the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(a).
810-10-25-38F
Although a reporting entity may be significantly involved with the design of a VIE, that involvement does not, in isolation, establish that reporting entity as the entity with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE. However, that involvement may indicate that the reporting entity had the opportunity and the incentive to establish arrangements that result in the reporting entity being the variable interest holder with that power. For example, if a sponsor has an explicit or implicit financial responsibility to ensure that the VIE operates as designed, the sponsor may have established arrangements that result in the sponsor being the entity with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE.
810-10-25-38G
Consideration shall be given to situations in which a reporting entity's economic interest in a VIE, including its obligation to absorb losses or its right to receive benefits, is disproportionately greater than its stated power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. Although this factor is not intended to be determinative in identifying a primary beneficiary, the level of a reporting entity's economic interest may be indicative of the amount of power that reporting entity holds.
810-10-25-38H
For purposes of evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b), fees paid to a reporting entity (other than those included in arrangements that expose a reporting entity to risk of loss as described in paragraph 810-10-25-38J) that meet both of the following conditions shall be excluded:
  1. a
    The fees are compensation for services provided and are commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services.
  2. b
    The service arrangement includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
810-10-25-38I
Facts and circumstances shall be considered when assessing the conditions in paragraph 810-10-25-38H. An arrangement that is designed in a manner such that the fee is inconsistent with the reporting entity's role or the type of service would not meet those conditions. To assess whether a fee meets those conditions, a reporting entity may need to analyze similar arrangements among parties outside the relationship being evaluated. However, a fee would not presumptively fail those conditions if similar service arrangements did not exist in the following circumstances:
  1. a
    The fee arrangement relates to a unique or new service.
  2. b
    The fee arrangement reflects a change in what is considered customary for the services.
In addition, the magnitude of a fee, in isolation, would not cause an arrangement to fail those conditions.
810-10-25-38J
Fees or payments in connection with agreements that expose a reporting entity (the decision maker or service provider) to risk of loss in the VIE shall not be eligible for the evaluation in paragraph 810-10-25-38H. Those fees include, but are not limited to, the following:
  1. a
    Those related to guarantees of the value of the assets or liabilities of a VIE
  2. b
    Obligations to fund operating losses
  3. c
    Payments associated with written put options on the assets of the VIE
  4. d
    Similar obligations such as some liquidity commitments or agreements (explicit or implicit) that protect holders of other interests from suffering losses in the VIE.
Therefore, those fees shall be considered for evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b). Examples of those variable interests are discussed in paragraphs 810-10-55-25 and 810-10-55-29.
810-10-25-42
Single Decision Maker—The assessment in this paragraph shall be applied only by a single reporting entity that meets the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(a). For purposes of determining whether that single reporting entity, which is a single decision maker, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, the single decision maker shall include all of its direct variable interests in the entity and, on a proportionate basis, its indirect variable interests in the entity held through related parties (the term related parties in this paragraph refers to all parties as defined in paragraph 810-10-25-43). For example, if the single decision maker owns a 20 percent interest in a related party and that related party owns a 40 percent interest in the entity being evaluated, the single decision maker's indirect interest in the VIE held through the related party would be equivalent to an 8 percent direct interest in the VIE for purposes of evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b) (assuming it has no other relationships with the entity). Similarly, if an employee (or de facto agent) of the single decision maker owns an interest in the entity being evaluated and that employee's (or de facto agent's) interest has been financed by the single decision maker, the single decision maker would include that financing as its indirect interest in the evaluation. For example, if a single decision maker's employees have a 30 percent interest in the VIE and one third of that interest was financed by the single decision maker, then the single decision maker's indirect interest in the VIE through the financing would be equivalent to a 10 percent direct interest in the VIE.
810-10-25-43
For purposes of applying the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, unless otherwise specified, the term related parties includes those parties identified in Topic 850 and certain other parties that are acting as de facto agents or de facto principals of the variable interest holder. All of the following are considered to be de facto agents of a reporting entity:
  1. a
    A party that cannot finance its operations without subordinated financial support from the reporting entity, for example, another VIE of which the reporting entity is the primary beneficiary
  2. b
    A party that received its interests as a contribution or a loan from the reporting entity
  3. c
    An officer, employee, or member of the governing board of the reporting entity
  4. d
    A party that has an agreement that it cannot sell, transfer, or encumber its interests in the VIE without the prior approval of the reporting entity. The right of prior approval creates a de facto agency relationship only if that right could constrain the other party's ability to manage the economic risks or realize the economic rewards from its interests in a VIE through the sale, transfer, or encumbrance of those interests. However, a de facto agency relationship does not exist if both the reporting entity and the party have right of prior approval and the rights are based on mutually agreed terms by willing, independent parties.
    1. 1
    2. 2
  5. e
    A party that has a close business relationship like the relationship between a professional service provider and one of its significant clients.
810-10-25-44
The guidance in this paragraph shall be applicable for situations in which the conditions in paragraph 810-10-25-44A have been met or when power is shared for a VIE. In situations in which a reporting entity concludes that neither it nor one of its related parties has the characteristics in paragraph 810-10-25-38A but, as a group, the reporting entity and its related parties (including the de facto agents described in paragraph 810-10-25-43) have those characteristics, then the party within the related party group that is most closely associated with the VIE is the primary beneficiary. The determination of which party within the related party group is most closely associated with the VIE requires judgment and shall be based on an analysis of all relevant facts and circumstances, including all of the following:
  1. a
    The existence of a principal-agency relationship between parties within the related party group
  2. b
    The relationship and significance of the activities of the VIE to the various parties within the related party group
  3. c
    A party's exposure to the variability associated with the anticipated economic performance of the VIE
  4. d
    The design of the VIE.
810-10-25-44A
In situations in which a single decision maker concludes, after performing the assessment in paragraph 810-10-25-42, that it does not have the characteristics in paragraph 810-10-25-38A, the single decision maker shall apply the guidance in paragraph 810-10-25-44 only when the single decision maker and one or more of its related parties are under common control and, as a group, the single decision maker and those related parties have the characteristics in paragraph 810-10-25-38A.
810-10-25-44B
This paragraph applies to a related party group that has the characteristics in paragraph 810-10-25-38A only when both criteria (a) and (b) below are met. This paragraph is not applicable for legal entities that meet the conditions in paragraph 323-740-25-1.
  1. a
    The conditions in paragraph 810-10-25-44A are not met by a single decision maker and its related parties.
  2. b
    Substantially all of the activities of the VIE either involve or are conducted on behalf of a single variable interest holder (excluding the single decision maker) in the single decision maker's related party group.
The single variable interest holder for which substantially all of the activities either involve or are conducted on its behalf would be the primary beneficiary. The evaluation in (b) above should be based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant facts and circumstances. In some cases, when performing that qualitative assessment, quantitative information may be considered. This assessment is consistent with the assessments in paragraphs 810-10-15-14(c)(2) and 810-10-15-17(d)(2).
810-10-25-45
An equity investment at risk of less than 10 percent of the legal entity's total assets shall not be considered sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without subordinated financial support in addition to the equity investment unless the equity investment can be demonstrated to be sufficient. The demonstration that equity is sufficient may be based on either qualitative analysis or quantitative analysis or a combination of both. Qualitative assessments, including, but not limited to, the qualitative assessments described in (a) and (b), will in some cases be conclusive in determining that the legal entity's equity at risk is sufficient. If, after diligent effort, a reasonable conclusion about the sufficiency of the legal entity's equity at risk cannot be reached based solely on qualitative considerations, the quantitative analyses implied by (c) shall be made. In instances in which neither a qualitative assessment nor a quantitative assessment, taken alone, is conclusive, the determination of whether the equity at risk is sufficient shall be based on a combination of qualitative and quantitative analyses.
  1. a
    The legal entity has demonstrated that it can finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.
  2. b
    The legal entity has at least as much equity invested as other entities that hold only similar assets of similar quality in similar amounts and operate with no additional subordinated financial support.
  3. c
    The amount of equity invested in the legal entity exceeds the estimate of the legal entity's expected losses based on reasonable quantitative evidence.
810-10-25-46
Some legal entities may require an equity investment at risk greater than 10 percent of their assets to finance their activities, especially if they engage in high-risk activities, hold high-risk assets, or have exposure to risks that are not reflected in the reported amounts of the legal entities' assets or liabilities. The presumption in the preceding paragraph does not relieve a reporting entity of its responsibility to determine whether a particular legal entity with which the reporting entity is involved needs an equity investment at risk greater than 10 percent of its assets in order to finance its activities without subordinated financial support in addition to the equity investment.
810-10-25-47
The design of the legal entity (for example, its capital structure) and the apparent intentions of the parties that created the legal entity are important qualitative considerations, as are ratings of its outstanding debt (if any), the interest rates, and other terms of its financing arrangements. Often, no single factor will be conclusive and the determination will be based on the preponderance of evidence. For example, if a legal entity does not have a limited life and tightly constrained activities, if there are no unusual arrangements that appear designed to provide subordinated financial support, if its equity interests do not appear designed to require other subordinated financial support, and if the entity has been able to obtain commercial financing arrangements on customary terms, the equity would be expected to be sufficient. In contrast, if a legal entity has a very small equity investment relative to other entities with similar activities and has outstanding subordinated debt that obviously is effectively a replacement for an additional equity investment, the equity would not be expected to be sufficient.
810-10-25-49
The following guidance addresses whether a reporting entity should consider whether it holds an implicit variable interest in a VIE or potential VIE if specific conditions exist.
810-10-25-50
The identification of variable interests (implicit and explicit) may affect the following:
  1. a
    The determination as to whether the potential VIE shall be considered a VIE
  2. b
    The calculation of expected losses and residual returns
  3. c
    The determination as to which party, if any, is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.
Thus, identifying whether a reporting entity holds a variable interest in a VIE or potential VIE is necessary to apply the provisions of the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections.
810-10-25-51
An implicit variable interest is an implied pecuniary interest in a VIE that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE's net assets exclusive of variable interests. Implicit variable interests may arise from transactions with related parties, as well as from transactions with unrelated parties.
810-10-25-52
The identification of explicit variable interests involves determining which contractual, ownership, or other pecuniary interests in a legal entity directly absorb or receive the variability of the legal entity. An implicit variable interest acts the same as an explicit variable interest except it involves the absorbing and (or) receiving of variability indirectly from the legal entity, rather than directly from the legal entity. Therefore, the identification of an implicit variable interest involves determining whether a reporting entity may be indirectly absorbing or receiving the variability of the legal entity. The determination of whether an implicit variable interest exists is a matter of judgment that depends on the relevant facts and circumstances. For example, an implicit variable interest may exist if the reporting entity can be required to protect a variable interest holder in a legal entity from absorbing losses incurred by the legal entity.
810-10-25-53
The significance of a reporting entity's involvement or interest shall not be considered in determining whether the reporting entity holds an implicit variable interest in the legal entity. There are transactions in which a reporting entity has an interest in, or other involvement with, a VIE or potential VIE that is not considered a variable interest, and the reporting entity's related party holds a variable interest in the same VIE or potential VIE. A reporting entity's interest in, or other pecuniary involvement with, a VIE may take many different forms such as a lessee under a leasing arrangement or a party to a supply contract, service contract, or derivative contract.
810-10-25-54
The reporting entity shall consider whether it holds an implicit variable interest in the VIE or potential VIE. The determination of whether an implicit variable interest exists shall be based on all facts and circumstances in determining whether the reporting entity may absorb variability of the VIE or potential VIE. A reporting entity that holds an implicit variable interest in a VIE and is a related party to other variable interest holders shall apply the guidance in paragraphs 810-10-25-42 through 25-44Bto determine whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The guidance in paragraphs applies to related parties as defined in paragraph 810-10-25-43. For example, the guidance in paragraphs applies to any of the following situations:
  1. a
    A reporting entity and a VIE are under common control.
  2. b
    A reporting entity has an interest in, or other involvement with, a VIE and an officer of that reporting entity has a variable interest in the same VIE.
  3. c
    A reporting entity enters into a contractual arrangement with an unrelated third party that has a variable interest in a VIE and that arrangement establishes a related party relationship.
810-10-25-55
A variable interest in specified assets of a VIE (such as a guarantee or subordinated residual interest) shall be deemed to be a variable interest in the VIE only if the fair value of the specified assets is more than half of the total fair value of the VIE's assets or if the holder has another variable interest in the VIE as a whole (except interests that are insignificant or have little or no variability). This exception is necessary to prevent a reporting entity that would otherwise be the primary beneficiary of a VIE from circumventing the requirement for consolidation simply by arranging for other parties with interests in certain assets to hold small or inconsequential interests in the VIE as a whole. The expected losses and expected residual returns applicable to variable interests in specified assets of a VIE shall be deemed to be expected losses and expected residual returns of the VIE only if that variable interest is deemed to be a variable interest in the VIE.
810-10-25-56
Expected losses related to variable interests in specified assets are not considered part of the expected losses of the legal entity for purposes of determining the adequacy of the equity at risk in the legal entity or for identifying the primary beneficiary unless the specified assets constitute a majority of the assets of the legal entity. For example, expected losses absorbed by a guarantor of the residual value of underlying asset are not considered expected losses of a VIE if the fair value of the underlying asset is not a majority of the fair value of the VIE's total assets.
810-10-25-57
A reporting entity with a variable interest in specified assets of a VIE shall treat a portion of the VIE as a separate VIE if the specified assets (and related credit enhancements, if any) are essentially the only source of payment for specified liabilities or specified other interests. (The portions of a VIE referred to in this paragraph are sometimes called silos.) That requirement does not apply unless the legal entity has been determined to be a VIE. If one reporting entity is required to consolidate a discrete portion of a VIE, other variable interest holders shall not consider that portion to be part of the larger VIE.
810-10-25-58
A specified asset (or group of assets) of a VIE and a related liability secured only by the specified asset or group shall not be treated as a separate VIE (as discussed in the preceding paragraph) if other parties have rights or obligations related to the specified asset or to residual cash flows from the specified asset. A separate VIE is deemed to exist for accounting purposes only if essentially all of the assets, liabilities, and equity of the deemed VIE are separate from the overall VIE and specifically identifiable. In other words, essentially none of the returns of the assets of the deemed VIE can be used by the remaining VIE, and essentially none of the liabilities of the deemed VIE are payable from the assets of the remaining VIE.
810-10-25-59
Acquisition, development, and construction loan structures may be VIEs subject to the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections. Guidance on determining whether a lender should account for an acquisition, development, and construction arrangement as a loan or as an investment in real estate or a joint venture is presented in Subtopic 310-10.

Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract

810-10-25-60
This Subsection addresses various considerations related to whether an entity is controlled by contract that is not a variable interest entity (VIE) (see the Variable Interest Entities Subsection of Section 810-10-15), specifically:
  1. a
    General guidance
  2. b
    Term
  3. c
    Control
  4. d
    Financial interest
  5. e
    Determining whether an employee is an employee of the consolidating entity
  6. f
    Consideration recorded in the period consideration is provided.

General Guidance

810-10-25-61
The information necessary to evaluate the requirements in paragraph 810-10-15-22 may or may not be documented in the contractual agreements that underlie the relationship between the physician practice management entity and the physician practice. If the information is documented in those agreements, then that documentation should be used to evaluate whether the requirements are met regardless of whether the respective parties are currently behaving in accordance with the documented provisions. To the extent that some of the information is not documented, then all of the requirements in that paragraph are still applicable; however, the facts and circumstances of the relationship should be evaluated to determine whether the requirements are met.
810-10-25-62
Relevant facts and circumstances include the legal rights and obligations of each party absent the documentation and the reasons for any undocumented provisions. With respect to the latter, in a situation in which neither the physician practice management entity nor its nominee owns any of the outstanding voting equity interests of the physician practice, lack of documentation of a right of the physician practice management entity may be caused by the fact that the physician practice shareholders have not transferred that right to the physician practice management entity. This same lack of documentation in a situation in which the physician practice management entity and its nominee collectively own all of the outstanding voting equity instruments of the physician practice may be caused by the fact that there is less discipline to document absent third-party physician practice owners.

Term

810-10-25-63
The term of the arrangement is to be determined based on its substance as opposed to its form; thus, both the original stated contract term and renewal or cancellation provisions must be considered. For example, an arrangement with an initial stated term of 5 years that has a single 5-year renewal option that is unilaterally exercisable by the physician practice management entity is considered to have an adequate term because it is collectively a 10-year contract.
810-10-25-64
In the circumstances that are the subject of the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections, it is appropriate, in being explicit about the duration of the management arrangements, that the term be defined as a period of 10 years or more. Defining the term as a period of 10 years or more is only for purposes of the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections. It is not intended that a term of 10 years or more be applied in other consolidation situations.

Control

810-10-25-65
The following guidance applies to the evaluation of the control requirement in paragraph 810-10-15-22(b) for identifying a physician practice management arrangement, or similar contractual management arrangement, as a controlling financial interest:
  1. a
    Nominee shareholder situation, presumption of control—need to evaluate more than just the terms of the contractual management agreement
  2. b
    Nominee shareholder situation—need to evaluate more than just the terms of the contractual management agreement
  3. c
    Binding arbitration provisions
  4. d
    Powers limited by law
  5. e
    Scope of service decisions
  6. f
    Physician cosigning provisions.
810-10-25-66
If a majority of the outstanding voting equity instruments of the physician practice is owned by a nominee shareholder of the physician practice management entity (or by the physician practice management entity itself and its nominee shareholder), then a rebuttable presumption exists that the physician practice management entity controls the physician practice. This presumption is rebutted if others (including any other physician practice shareholders and physicians employed by the physician practice) have been granted rights by the physician practice management entity (either pursuant to the management agreement or through its nominee shareholder; by the physician practice, pursuant to its provisions for corporate governance; and so forth), such that the physician practice management entity does not have exclusive decision-making authority over the decisions that constitute the control requirements. Conversely, the presumption cannot be rebutted if the physician practice management entity has exclusive decision-making authority over the decisions that constitute those control requirements, whether the physician practice management entity obtained it through the management agreement, through its nominee, or pursuant to the provisions for corporate governance of the physician practice.
810-10-25-67
If less than a majority of the outstanding voting equity instruments of the physician practice is owned by a nominee shareholder of the physician practice management entity (or by the physician practice management entity itself and the nominee shareholder), then no presumption of control exists. In this circumstance, the physician practice management entity must demonstrate that by virtue of a combination of its rights under the management agreement, by the powers possessed by its nominee shareholder, and by the provisions for corporate governance of the physician practice, it has control by meeting the control requirements.
810-10-25-68
A provision for binding arbitration to settle disagreements between the physician practice management entity and the physician practice does not necessarily indicate that the physician practice management entity lacks exclusive authority over all decision making related to the items constituting the control requirements. For example, if binding arbitration is provided only to settle disputes over the meaning of contract terms and those decisions could not have the effect of overriding the physician practice management entity's exclusive decision-making authority over the matters identified in the control requirements, then the physician practice management entity may still comply with those control requirements. Conversely, if binding arbitration is provided to decide matters for which the physician practice management entity is required to have exclusive decision-making authority, then the physician practice management entity would not comply with those control requirements.
810-10-25-69
If federal, state, or corresponding non-U.S. laws limit the powers or discretion of any party over a particular decision, then the physician practice management entity's exclusive decision-making authority with respect to that matter is not, by definition, precluded. For example, antidumping statutes that prohibit physicians from refusing certain types of patients do not preclude the physician practice management entity from otherwise exerting exclusive authority of decision making over patient acceptance policies and procedures within the boundaries established by law.
810-10-25-70
The physician practice management entity's exclusive decision-making authority over the physician practice's scope of services is not considered refuted if the range of medical disciplines in which the physician practice practices is set by mutual agreement of the physician practice management entity and the physician practice in the initial negotiation of the management agreement. Some examples of different medical disciplines are cardiology, neurology, obstetrics, ophthalmology, and radiology. Lack of physician practice management entity exclusive decision-making authority over initial and ongoing scope of service decisions within the physician practice's selected medical disciplines would, however, preclude a conclusion that the physician practice management entity controls the physician practice. Scope of service decisions within those practice disciplines are, for example, decisions about the range of cardiology services to provide, decisions about the range of neurology services to provide, and so forth.
810-10-25-71
A provision requiring that the physician or physicians cosign a customer contract of the physician practice (that is, in addition to its execution on behalf of the physician practice by the physician practice management entity) does not preclude the physician practice management entity from having exclusive decision-making authority over the execution of contracts if the requirement for the physicians' signature is perfunctory. That requirement would generally be perfunctory if the physicians' execution of contracts creates no obligations for the physicians beyond the obligations that would exist if the physician practice management entity alone executed the contracts and if either of the following conditions is met:
  1. a
    The requirement for the physicians to execute a contract arises from state law or from a request by the payor on a particular contract.
  2. b
    The physicians have no effective discretion in executing contracts negotiated by the physician practice management entity (for example, the management agreement or the employment contract states that the physicians will not unreasonably withhold approval of contracts negotiated by the physician practice management entity).
810-10-25-72
The cosigning requirement is not considered perfunctory (and accordingly the first control requirement is not met) if any one of the following circumstances exists:
  1. a
    It arises out of authority given by the physician practice management entity to the physicians (other than to a physician who is the physician practice management entity's nominee shareholder of the physician practice and is acting in that capacity).
  2. b
    It gives rise to incremental obligations for the physician beyond the obligations that would exist if the physician practice management entity alone executed the contracts.
  3. c
    It gives the physicians discretion over which customer contracts will be executed by the physician practice management entity. This occurs, for example, if the physicians solely decide, or with the physician practice management entity they jointly decide, the boundaries for what constitutes an acceptable customer contract.

Financial Interest

810-10-25-73
The following guidance applies to the evaluation of the financial interest requirement in paragraph 810-10-15-22(c) for identifying a physician practice management arrangement or similar contractual management arrangement as a controlling financial interest:
  1. a
    Nominee shareholder situation, presumption of financial interest—need to evaluate more than just the terms of the contractual management agreement
  2. b
    Nominee shareholder situation—need to evaluate more than just the terms of the contractual management agreement
  3. c
    Type and level of physician practice management entity participation
  4. d
    Level of participation
  5. e
    Substance versus form.
810-10-25-74
If both of the following conditions exist, then the physician practice management entity is presumed to have a significant financial interest in the physician practice without reference to its current compliance with the financial interest requirements:
  1. a
    A majority of the outstanding voting equity instruments of the physician practice is owned by a nominee shareholder of the physician practice management entity, or owned by a combination of the physician practice management entity itself and its nominee shareholder.
  2. b
    It is determined that, after considering the rights of, and the physician practice management entity's (and its nominee's) obligations to, others (including any other physician practice shareholders and physicians employed by the physician practice), the physician practice management entity (or its nominee) has the power, at will and for no or only nominal consideration, to reset the terms of the physician practice management entity's financial interest in the physician practice.
This presumption is rebutted only if the physician practice management entity is precluded from resetting the terms of its financial interest in the physician practice to a basis that would meet the financial interest requirements, a circumstance that is unlikely to exist.
810-10-25-75
If less than a majority of the outstanding voting equity instruments of the physician practice is owned by a nominee shareholder of the physician practice management entity, then no presumption of a significant financial interest exists. In this circumstance, the physician practice management entity must demonstrate that by virtue of a combination of its rights under the management agreement and by the powers possessed by its nominee shareholder it has a significant financial interest by meeting the financial interest requirements.
810-10-25-76
A financial interest in a physician practice is the right to share in the change in the fair value of that physician practice. This right must be economically similar to the right a shareholder normally would possess. For purposes of the second financial interest requirement, that change in fair value is viewed as consisting of both of the following components:
  1. a
    The portion of the change that manifests itself as current operating results
  2. b
    The remainder, which is the portion of the change that manifests itself only upon sale or liquidation of the physician practice.
810-10-25-77
The second financial interest requirement requires that the physician practice management entity have rights to share in both components and that the amounts collectively derived constitute a significant portion of the total change in fair value. If the physician practice management entity's arrangement with the physician practice will end before the physician practice is sold or liquidated, the physician practice management entity would need to have the right to share in the change in the fair value of the physician practice that arose during the physician practice management entity's relationship with it in order to meet the requirement described in (b) in the preceding paragraph.
810-10-25-78
The required significant level of financial interest of the physician practice management entity in the physician practice is intentionally not further prescribed. This is meant to convey that what is significant must be determined in the context of the facts and circumstances.
810-10-25-79
For purposes of determining compliance with the second financial interest requirement, the calculation of ongoing fees and the calculation of proceeds from sale are to be evaluated based on their substance as opposed to their form. Determining whether the requirement is met for a particular management fee structure will require the use of judgment.

Consideration Recorded in the Period Consideration Is Provided

810-10-25-81
Regardless of whether the consolidation status of the physician practice changes, consideration provided by the physician practice management entity to the physician practice in exchange for modifications to the physician practice management entity's arrangement with the physician practice shall be accounted for in the financial reporting period in which the modification is made, that is, the accounting for the consideration shall not be pushed back to a prior period. Furthermore, that consideration shall be recognized under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) according to the nature of the consideration.

810-10-30Initial Measurement

Source downloaded: .Record version f1a6537f3442. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Variable Interest Entities

Valuation of Assets, Liabilities, and Noncontrolling Interests in a Newly Consolidated VIE

810-10-30-1
If the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (VIE) and the VIE are under common control, the primary beneficiary shall initially measure the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of the VIE at amounts at which they are carried in the accounts of the reporting entity that controls the VIE (or would be carried if the reporting entity issued financial statements prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles [GAAP]).
810-10-30-2
The initial consolidation of a VIE that is a business is a business combination and shall be accounted for in accordance with the provisions in Topic 805.
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2026; (N) December 16, 2026Transition guidance:
805-10-65-5The initial consolidation of a VIE that is a business in which the primary beneficiary is the accounting acquireris a business combination and shall be accounted for in accordance with the provisions in Topic 805. If a business combination in which a VIE is acquired is effected primarily by exchanging equity interests, the factors in paragraphs shall be considered in determining which entity is the accounting acquirer. If an acquisition transaction is a reverse acquisition and the accounting acquiree meets the definition of a business, the provisions of Subtopic 805-40 shall be applied. For a business combination that is not effected primarily by exchanging equity interests in which a VIE is acquired, the primary beneficiary of that entity is the accounting acquirer.
810-10-30-3
When a reporting entity becomes the primary beneficiary of a VIE that is not a business, no goodwill shall be recognized. The primary beneficiary initially shall measure and recognize the assets (except for goodwill) and liabilities of the VIE in accordance with Sections 805-20-25 and 805-20-30. However, the primary beneficiary initially shall measure assets and liabilities that it has transferred to that VIE at, after, or shortly before the date that the reporting entity became the primary beneficiary at the same amounts at which the assets and liabilities would have been measured if they had not been transferred. No gain or loss shall be recognized because of such transfers.
810-10-30-3A
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2026; (N) December 16, 2026Transition guidance:
326-10-65-7A reporting entity that recognizes loans within the scope of Subtopic 326-20 on financial instruments measured at amortized cost through the consolidation of a VIE that is not a business in accordance with paragraph 810-10-30-3 shall apply the guidance in paragraph 326-20-30-16.
810-10-30-4
The primary beneficiary of a VIE that is not a business shall recognize a gain or loss for the difference between (a) and (b):
  1. a
    The sum of:
    1. 1
      The fair value of any consideration paid
    2. 2
      The fair value of any noncontrolling interests
    3. 3
      The reported amount of any previously held interests
  2. b
    The net amount of the VIE's identifiable assets and liabilities recognized and measured in accordance with Topic 805.
    1. 1
    2. 2
    3. 3
810-10-30-5
Paragraphs shall not apply to a joint venture reporting entity that becomes the primary beneficiary of a VIE that is not a business upon a joint venture formation accounted for in accordance with Subtopic 805-60.

Initial Consolidation when Earlier Consolidation Was Prevented Due to Lack of Information

810-10-30-7
A reporting entity that has not applied the Variable Interest Entities Subsections to a legal entity because of the condition described in paragraph 810-10-15-17(c) and that subsequently obtains the information necessary to apply the Variable Interest Entities Subsections to that entity shall apply the provisions of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections as of the date the information is acquired in accordance with the following paragraph.
810-10-30-8
The initial measurement by a consolidating entity of the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of the VIE at the date the requirements of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections first apply depends on whether the determination of their carrying amounts is practicable. In this context, carrying amounts refers to the amounts at which the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests would have been carried in the consolidated financial statements if the Variable Interest Entities Subsections had been effective when the reporting entity first met the conditions to be the primary beneficiary.
810-10-30-8A
If determining the carrying amounts is practicable, the consolidating entity shall initially measure the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of the VIE at their carrying amounts at the date the Variable Interest Entities Subsections first apply.
810-10-30-8B
If determining the carrying amounts is not practicable, the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of the VIE shall be measured at fair value at the date the Variable Interest Entities Subsections first apply. However, as an alternative to this fair value measurement requirement, the assets and liabilities of the VIE may be measured at their unpaid principal balances at the date the Variable Interest Entities Subsections first apply if both of the following conditions are met:
  1. a
    The activities of the VIE are primarily related to securitizations or other forms of asset-backed financings.
  2. b
    The assets of the VIE can be used only to settle obligations of the entity.
810-10-30-8C
The measurement alternative in the preceding paragraph does not obviate the need for the primary beneficiary to recognize any accrued interest or record an allowance for credit losses, as appropriate. Other assets, liabilities, or noncontrolling interests, if any, that do not have an unpaid principal balance, and any items that are required to be carried at fair value under other applicable standards, shall be measured at fair value.
810-10-30-8D
Any difference between the net amount added to the balance sheet of the consolidating entity and the amount of any previously recognized interest in the newly consolidated VIE shall be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings.
810-10-30-9
The Variable Interest Entities Subsections may be applied retrospectively in previously issued financial statements for one or more years with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first year restated.

Collateralized Financing Entities

810-10-30-10
When a reporting entity initially consolidates a variable interest entity that is a collateralized financing entity that meets the scope requirements in paragraph 810-10-15-17D, it may elect to measure the financial assets and the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity using a measurement alternative to Topic 820 on fair value measurement.
810-10-30-11
Under the measurement alternative, the reporting entity shall measure both the financial assets and the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity using the more observable of the fair value of the financial assets and the fair value of the financial liabilities. Any gain or loss that results from the initial application of this measurement alternative shall be reflected in earnings and attributed to the reporting entity in the consolidated statement of income (loss).
810-10-30-12
If the fair value of the financial assets of the collateralized financing entity is more observable, those financial assets shall be measured at fair value. The financial liabilities shall be measured in the initial consolidation as the difference between the following two amounts:
  1. a
    The sum of:
    1. 1
      The fair value of the financial assets
    2. 2
      The carrying value of any nonfinancial assets held temporarily
  2. b
    The sum of:
    1. 1
      The fair value of any beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity (other than those that represent compensation for services)
    2. 2
      The reporting entity's carrying value of any beneficial interests that represent compensation for services.
The fair value of the financial assets in (a)(1) should include the carrying values of any financial assets that are incidental to the operations of the collateralized financing entity because the financial assets' carrying values approximate their fair values.
810-10-30-13
If the fair value of the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity is more observable, those financial liabilities shall be measured at fair value. The financial assets shall be measured in the initial consolidation as the difference between the following two amounts:
  1. a
    The sum of:
    1. 1
      The fair value of the financial liabilities (other than the beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity)
    2. 2
      The fair value of any beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity (other than those that represent compensation for services)
    3. 3
      The reporting entity's carrying value of any beneficial interests that represent compensation for services
  2. b
    The carrying value of any nonfinancial assets held temporarily.
The fair value of the financial liabilities in (a)(1) should include the carrying values of any financial liabilities that are incidental to the operations of the collateralized financing entity because the financial liabilities' carrying values approximate their fair values.
810-10-30-14
The amount resulting from paragraph 810-10-30-12 or paragraph 810-10-30-13 shall be allocated to the less observable of the financial assets and financial liabilities (other than the beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity), as applicable, using a reasonable and consistent methodology.
810-10-30-15
The carrying value of the beneficial interests that represent compensation for services (for example, rights to receive management fees or servicing fees) and the carrying value of any nonfinancial assets held temporarily by the collateralized financing entity shall be measured in accordance with other applicable Topics.
810-10-30-16
If a reporting entity does not elect to apply the measurement alternative to a collateralized financing entity that meets the scope requirements in paragraph 810-10-15-17D, the reporting entity shall measure the fair value of the financial assets and the fair value of the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity using the requirements of Topic 820 on fair value measurement. If Topic 820 is applied, any initial difference in the fair value of the financial assets and the fair value of the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity shall be reflected in earnings and attributed to the reporting entity in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

810-10-35Subsequent Measurement

Source downloaded: .Record version 4e9df16e3487. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Variable Interest Entities

810-10-35-3
The principles of consolidated financial statements in this Topic apply to primary beneficiaries' accounting for consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs). After the initial measurement, the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of a consolidated VIE shall be accounted for in consolidated financial statements as if the VIE were consolidated based on voting interests. Any specialized accounting requirements applicable to the type of business in which the VIE operates shall be applied as they would be applied to a consolidated subsidiary. The consolidated entity shall follow the requirements for elimination of intra-entity balances and transactions and other matters described in Section 810-10-45 and paragraphs 810-10-50-1 through 50-1B and existing practices for consolidated subsidiaries. Fees or other sources of income or expense between a primary beneficiary and a consolidated VIE shall be eliminated against the related expense or income of the VIE. The resulting effect of that elimination on the net income or expense of the VIE shall be attributed to the primary beneficiary (and not to noncontrolling interests) in the consolidated financial statements.

Reconsideration of Initial Determination of VIE Status

810-10-35-4
A legal entity that previously was not subject to the Variable Interest Entities Subsections shall not become subject to them simply because of losses in excess of its expected losses that reduce the equity investment. The initial determination of whether a legal entity is a VIE shall be reconsidered if any of the following occur:
  1. a
    The legal entity's governing documents or contractual arrangements are changed in a manner that changes the characteristics or adequacy of the legal entity's equity investment at risk.
  2. b
    The equity investment or some part thereof is returned to the equity investors, and other interests become exposed to expected losses of the legal entity.
  3. c
    The legal entity undertakes additional activities or acquires additional assets, beyond those that were anticipated at the later of the inception of the entity or the latest reconsideration event, that increase the entity's expected losses.
  4. d
    The legal entity receives an additional equity investment that is at risk, or the legal entity curtails or modifies its activities in a way that decreases its expected losses.
  5. e
    Changes in facts and circumstances occur such that the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power from voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance.

Collateralized Financing Entities

810-10-35-6
A reporting entity that elects to apply the measurement alternative to Topic 820 on fair value measurement upon initial consolidation of a collateralized financing entity that meets the scope requirements in paragraph 810-10-15-17D shall consistently apply the measurement alternative for the subsequent measurement of the financial assets and the financial liabilities of that consolidated collateralized financing entity provided that it continues to meet the scope requirements in paragraph 810-10-15-17D. If a collateralized financing entity subsequently fails to meet the scope requirements, a reporting entity shall no longer apply the measurement alternative to that collateralized financing entity. Instead, it shall apply Topic 820 to measure those financial assets and financial liabilities that were previously measured using the measurement alternative.
810-10-35-7
Under the measurement alternative, a reporting entity shall measure both the financial assets and the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity using the more observable of the fair value of the financial assets and the fair value of the financial liabilities, as described in paragraphs .
810-10-35-8
A reporting entity that applies the measurement alternative shall recognize in its earnings all amounts that reflect its own economic interests in the consolidated collateralized financing entity, including both of the following:
  1. a
    The changes in the fair value of any beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity (other than those that represent compensation for services)
  2. b
    Beneficial interests that represent compensation for services (for example, management fees or servicing fees).
810-10-35-9
If a reporting entity does not apply the measurement alternative to a collateralized financing entity that meets the scope requirements in paragraph 810-10-15-17D, the reporting entity shall measure the fair value of the financial assets and the fair value of the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity using the requirements of Topic 820 on fair value measurement. If Topic 820 is applied, any subsequent changes in the fair value of the financial assets and the changes in the fair value of the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity shall be reflected in earnings and attributed to the reporting entity in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

810-10-40Derecognition

Source downloaded: .Record version a79008469bb6. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Redemption of Subsidiary's Redeemable Stock

810-10-40-1
Accounting for the purchase (early extinguishment) of a wholly owned subsidiary's mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, including stock that contains a redemption feature but is not considered a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument under Topic 480, differs dependent on whether the preferred stock is required under Topic 480 to be accounted for as a liability.
810-10-40-2
Section 480-10-25 does not require mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to be accounted for as a liability under certain conditions. If such conditions apply and the mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is not accounted for as a liability, then the entity's acquisition of a subsidiary's mandatorily redeemable preferred stock shall be accounted for as a capital stock transaction. Accordingly, the consolidated entity would not recognize in its income statement any gain or loss from the acquisition of the subsidiary's preferred stock. In the consolidated financial statements, the dividends on a subsidiary's preferred stock, whether mandatorily redeemable or not, would be included in noncontrolling interest as a charge against income.
810-10-40-2A
Section 480-10-25 requires mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to be accounted for as a liability under certain conditions. If mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is accounted for as a liability, then any amounts paid or to be paid to holders of those contracts in excess of the initial measurement amount are reflected as interest cost and not as noncontrolling interest charge. Topic 860 specifies whether a liability has been extinguished and Subtopic 470-50 requires that the parent recognize a gain or loss upon extinguishment of the subsidiary's liability for mandatorily redeemable preferred shares for any difference between the carrying amount and the redemption amount.

Deconsolidation of a Subsidiary or Derecognition of a Group of Assets

810-10-40-3A
The deconsolidation and derecognition guidance in this Section applies to the following:
  1. a
    A subsidiary that is a nonprofit activity or a business, except for either of the following:
    1. 1
    2. 2
      A conveyance of oil and gas mineral rights (for guidance on conveyances of oil and gas mineral rights and related transactions, see Subtopic 932-360)
    3. 3
      A transfer of a good or service in a contract with a customer within the scope of Topic 606.
  2. b
    A group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business, except for either of the following:
    1. 1
    2. 2
      A conveyance of oil and gas mineral rights (for guidance on conveyances of oil and gas mineral rights and related transactions, see Subtopic 932-360)
    3. 3
      A transfer of a good or service in a contract with a customer within the scope of Topic 606.
  3. c
    A subsidiary that is not a nonprofit activity or a business if the substance of the transaction is not addressed directly by guidance in other Topics that include, but are not limited to, all of the following:
    1. 1
      Topic 606 on revenue from contracts with customers
    2. 2
      Topic 845 on exchanges of nonmonetary assets
    3. 3
      Topic 860 on transferring and servicing financial assets
    4. 4
      Topic 932 on conveyances of mineral rights and related transactions
    5. 5
      Subtopic 610-20 on gains and losses from the derecognition of nonfinancial assets.
810-10-40-4
A parent shall deconsolidate a subsidiary or derecognize a group of assets specified in paragraph 810-10-40-3A as of the date the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in that subsidiary or group of assets. See paragraph 810-10-55-4A for related implementation guidance.
810-10-40-4A
When a parent deconsolidates a subsidiary or derecognizes a group of assets within the scope of paragraph 810-10-40-3A, the parent relationship ceases to exist. The parent no longer controls the subsidiary's assets and liabilities or the group of assets. The parent therefore shall derecognize the assets, liabilities, and equity components related to that subsidiary or group of assets. The equity components will include any noncontrolling interest as well as amounts previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. If the subsidiary or group of assets being deconsolidated or derecognized is a foreign entity (or represents the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which it resides), then the amount of accumulated other comprehensive income that is reclassified and included in the calculation of gain or loss shall include any foreign currency translation adjustment related to that foreign entity. For guidance on derecognizing foreign currency translation adjustments recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, see Section 830-30-40.
810-10-40-5
If a parent deconsolidates a subsidiary or derecognizes a group of assets through a nonreciprocal transfer to owners, such as a spinoff, the accounting guidance in Subtopic 845-10 applies. Otherwise, a parent shall account for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary or derecognition of a group of assets specified in paragraph 810-10-40-3A by recognizing a gain or loss in net income attributable to the parent, measured as the difference between:
  1. a
    The aggregate of all of the following:
    1. 1
      The fair value of any consideration received
    2. 2
      The fair value of any retained noncontrolling investment in the former subsidiary or group of assets at the date the subsidiary is deconsolidated or the group of assets is derecognized
    3. 3
      The carrying amount of any noncontrolling interest in the former subsidiary (including any accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest) at the date the subsidiary is deconsolidated.
  2. b
    The carrying amount of the former subsidiary's assets and liabilities or the carrying amount of the group of assets.
810-10-40-6
A parent may cease to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary through two or more arrangements (transactions). Circumstances sometimes indicate that the multiple arrangements should be accounted for as a single transaction. In determining whether to account for the arrangements as a single transaction, a parent shall consider all of the terms and conditions of the arrangements and their economic effects. Any of the following may indicate that the parent should account for the multiple arrangements as a single transaction:
  1. aThey are entered into at the same time or in contemplation of one another.
  2. bThey form a single transaction designed to achieve an overall commercial effect.
  3. cThe occurrence of one arrangement is dependent on the occurrence of at least one other arrangement.
  4. dOne arrangement considered on its own is not economically justified, but they are economically justified when considered together. An example is when one disposal is priced below market, compensated for by a subsequent disposal priced above market.

810-10-45Other Presentation Matters

Source downloaded: .Record version af6eca44eb39. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Procedures

810-10-45-1
In the preparation of consolidated financial statements, intra-entity balances and transactions shall be eliminated. This includes intra-entity open account balances, security holdings, sales and purchases, interest, dividends, and so forth. As consolidated financial statements are based on the assumption that they represent the financial position and operating results of a single economic entity, such statements shall not include gain or loss on transactions among the entities in the consolidated group. Accordingly, any intra-entity profit or loss on assets remaining within the consolidated group shall be eliminated; the concept usually applied for this purpose is gross profit or loss (see also paragraph 810-10-45-8).
810-10-45-2
The retained earnings or deficit of a subsidiary at the date of acquisition by the parent shall not be included in consolidated retained earnings.
810-10-45-4
When a subsidiary is initially consolidated during the year, the consolidated financial statements shall include the subsidiary's revenues, expenses, gains, and losses only from the date the subsidiary is initially consolidated.
810-10-45-5
Shares of the parent held by a subsidiary shall not be treated as outstanding shares in the consolidated statement of financial position and, therefore, shall be eliminated in the consolidated financial statements and reflected as treasury shares.
810-10-45-8
If income taxes have been paid on intra-entity profits on inventory remaining within the consolidated group, those taxes shall be deferred or the intra-entity profits to be eliminated in consolidation shall be appropriately reduced.
810-10-45-9
Occasionally, subsidiaries capitalize retained earnings arising since acquisition, by means of a stock dividend or otherwise. This does not require a transfer to retained earnings on consolidation because the retained earnings in the consolidated financial statements shall reflect the accumulated earnings of the consolidated group not distributed to the owners of, or capitalized by, the parent.

Combined Financial Statements

810-10-45-10
If combined financial statements are prepared for a group of related entities, such as a group of commonly controlled entities, intra-entity transactions and profits or losses shall be eliminated, and noncontrolling interests, foreign operations, different fiscal periods, or income taxes shall be treated in the same manner as in consolidated financial statements.

Parent-Entity Financial Statements

810-10-45-11
In some cases parent-entity financial statements may be needed, in addition to consolidated financial statements, to indicate adequately the position of bondholders and other creditors or preferred shareholders of the parent. Consolidating financial statements, in which one column is used for the parent and other columns for particular subsidiaries or groups of subsidiaries, often are an effective means of presenting the pertinent information. However, consolidated financial statements are the general-purpose financial statements of a parent having one or more subsidiaries; thus, parent-entity financial statements are not a valid substitute for consolidated financial statements.

Differing Fiscal Year-Ends Between Parent and Subsidiary

810-10-45-12
It ordinarily is feasible for the subsidiary to prepare, for consolidation purposes, financial statements for a period that corresponds with or closely approaches the fiscal period of the parent. However, if the difference is not more than about three months, it usually is acceptable to use, for consolidation purposes, the subsidiary's financial statements for its fiscal period; if this is done, recognition should be given by disclosure or otherwise to the effect of intervening events that materially affect the financial position or results of operations.

A Change in the Fiscal Year-End Lag Between Subsidiary and Parent

810-10-45-13
A parent or an investor should report a change to (or the elimination of) a previously existing difference between the parent's reporting period and the reporting period of a consolidated entity or between the reporting period of an investor and the reporting period of an equity method investee in the parent's or investor's consolidated financial statements as a change in accounting principle in accordance with the provisions of Topic 250. While that Topic generally requires voluntary changes in accounting principles to be reported retrospectively, retrospective application is not required if it is impracticable to apply the effects of the change pursuant to paragraphs . The change or elimination of a lag period represents a change in accounting principle as defined in Topic 250. The scope of this paragraph applies to all entities that change (or eliminate) a previously existing difference between the reporting periods of a parent and a consolidated entity or an investor and an equity method investee. That change may include a change in or the elimination of the previously existing difference (lag period) due to the parent's or investor's ability to obtain financial results from a reporting period that is more consistent with, or the same as, that of the parent or investor. This paragraph does not apply in situations in which a parent entity or an investor changes its fiscal year-end.

Proportionate Consolidation

810-10-45-14
If the investor-venturer owns an undivided interest in each asset and is proportionately liable for its share of each liability, the provisions of paragraph 323-10-45-1 may not apply in some industries. For example, in certain industries the investor-venturer may account in its financial statements for its pro rata share of the assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of the venture. Specifically, a proportionate gross financial statement presentation is not appropriate for an investment in an unincorporated legal entity accounted for by the equity method of accounting unless the investee is in either the construction industry (see paragraph 910-810-45-1) or an extractive industry (see paragraphs 930-810-45-1 and 932-810-45-1). An entity is in an extractive industry only if its activities are limited to the extraction of mineral resources (such as oil and gas exploration and production) and not if its activities involve related activities such as refining, marketing, or transporting extracted mineral resources.

Noncontrolling Interest in a Subsidiary

810-10-45-15
The ownership interests in the subsidiary that are held by owners other than the parent is a noncontrolling interest. The noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is part of the equity of the consolidated group.
810-10-45-16
The noncontrolling interest shall be reported in the consolidated statement of financial position within equity (net assets), separately from the parent's equity (or net assets). That amount shall be clearly identified and labeled, for example, as noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries (see paragraph 810-10-55-4I). An entity with noncontrolling interests in more than one subsidiary may present those interests in aggregate in the consolidated financial statements. A not-for-profit entity shall report the effects of any donor-imposed restrictions, if any, in accordance with paragraph 958-810-45-1.
810-10-45-16A
Only either of the following can be a noncontrolling interest in the consolidated financial statements:
  1. a
    A financial instrument (or an embedded feature) issued by a subsidiary that is classified as equity in the subsidiary's financial statements
  2. b
    A financial instrument (or an embedded feature) issued by a parent or a subsidiary for which the payoff to the counterparty is based, in whole or in part, on the stock of a consolidated subsidiary, that is considered indexed to the entity's own stock in the consolidated financial statements of the parent and that is classified as equity.
810-10-45-17
A financial instrument issued by a subsidiary that is classified as a liability in the subsidiary's financial statements based on the guidance in other Subtopics is not a noncontrolling interest because it is not an ownership interest. For example, Topic 480 provides guidance for classifying certain financial instruments issued by a subsidiary.
810-10-45-17A
An equity-classified instrument (including an embedded feature that is separately recorded in equity under applicable GAAP) within the scope of the guidance in paragraph 815-40-15-5C shall be presented as a component of noncontrolling interest in the consolidated financial statements whether the instrument was entered into by the parent or the subsidiary. However, if such an equity-classified instrument was entered into by the parent and expires unexercised, the carrying amount of the instrument shall be reclassified from the noncontrolling interest to the controlling interest.

Attributing Net Income and Comprehensive Income to the Parent and the Noncontrolling Interest

810-10-45-18
The amount of intra-entity income or loss to be eliminated in accordance with paragraph 810-10-45-1 is not affected by the existence of a noncontrolling interest. The complete elimination of the intra-entity income or loss is consistent with the underlying assumption that consolidated financial statements represent the financial position and operating results of a single economic entity. The elimination of the intra-entity income or loss may be allocated between the parent and noncontrolling interests.
810-10-45-19
Revenues, expenses, gains, losses, net income or loss, and other comprehensive income shall be reported in the consolidated financial statements at the consolidated amounts, which include the amounts attributable to the owners of the parent and the noncontrolling interest.
810-10-45-20
Net income or loss and comprehensive income or loss, as described in Topic 220, shall be attributed to the parent and the noncontrolling interest.
810-10-45-21
Losses attributable to the parent and the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary may exceed their interests in the subsidiary's equity. The excess, and any further losses attributable to the parent and the noncontrolling interest, shall be attributed to those interests. That is, the noncontrolling interest shall continue to be attributed its share of losses even if that attribution results in a deficit noncontrolling interest balance.

Changes in a Parent's Ownership Interest in a Subsidiary

810-10-45-21A
The guidance in paragraphs applies to the following:
  1. a
    Transactions that result in an increase in ownership of a subsidiary
  2. b
    Transactions that result in a decrease in ownership of either of the following while the parent retains a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary:
    1. 1
      A subsidiary that is a business or a nonprofit activity, except for either of the following:
      1. i
      2. ii
        A conveyance of oil and gas mineral rights (for guidance on conveyances of oil and gas mineral rights and related transactions, see Subtopic 932-360).
      3. iii
        A transfer of a good or service in a contract with a customer within the scope of Topic 606.
    2. 2
      A subsidiary that is not a business or a nonprofit activity if the substance of the transaction is not addressed directly by guidance in other Topics that include, but are not limited to, all of the following:
      1. i
        Topic 606 on revenue from contracts with customers
      2. ii
        Topic 845 on exchanges of nonmonetary assets
      3. iii
        Topic 860 on transferring and servicing financial assets
      4. iv
        Topic 932 on conveyances of mineral rights and related transactions
      5. v
        Subtopic 610-20 on gains and losses from the derecognition of nonfinancial assets.
810-10-45-22
A parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary might change while the parent retains its controlling financial interest in the subsidiary. For example, a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary might change if any of the following occur:
  1. a
    The parent purchases additional ownership interests in its subsidiary.
  2. b
    The parent sells some of its ownership interests in its subsidiary.
  3. c
    The subsidiary reacquires some of its ownership interests.
  4. d
    The subsidiary issues additional ownership interests.
810-10-45-23
Changes in a parent's ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling financial interest in its subsidiary shall be accounted for as equity transactions (investments by owners and distributions to owners acting in their capacity as owners). Therefore, no gain or loss shall be recognized in consolidated net income or comprehensive income. The carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest shall be adjusted to reflect the change in its ownership interest in the subsidiary. Any difference between the fair value of the consideration received or paid and the amount by which the noncontrolling interest is adjusted shall be recognized in equity attributable to the parent. Example 1 (paragraph 810-10-55-4B) illustrates the application of this guidance.
810-10-45-24
A change in a parent's ownership interest might occur in a subsidiary that has accumulated other comprehensive income. If that is the case, the carrying amount of accumulated other comprehensive income shall be adjusted to reflect the change in the ownership interest in the subsidiary through a corresponding charge or credit to equity attributable to the parent. Example 1, Case C (paragraph 810-10-55-4F) illustrates the application of this guidance.

Variable Interest Entities

810-10-45-25
A reporting entity shall present each of the following separately on the face of the statement of financial position:
  1. a
    Assets of a consolidated variable interest entity (VIE) that can be used only to settle obligations of the consolidated VIE
  2. b
    Liabilities of a consolidated VIE for which creditors (or beneficial interest holders) do not have recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary.

810-10-50Disclosure

Source downloaded: .Record version 861b8b4cf926. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Consolidation Policy

810-10-50-1
Consolidated financial statements shall disclose the consolidation policy that is being followed. In most cases this can be made apparent by the headings or other information in the financial statements, but in other cases a note to financial statements is required.

Parent with a Less-Than-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary

810-10-50-1A
A parent with one or more less-than-wholly-owned subsidiaries shall disclose all of the following for each reporting period:
  1. a
    Separately, on the face of the consolidated financial statements, both of the following:
    1. 1
      The amounts of consolidated net income and consolidated comprehensive income
    2. 2
      The related amounts of each attributable to the parent and the noncontrolling interest.
  2. b
    Either in the notes or on the face of the consolidated income statement, amounts attributable to the parent for any of the following, if reported in the consolidated financial statements:
    1. 1
      Income from continuing operations
    2. 2
      Discontinued operations
    3. 3
  3. c
    Either in the consolidated statement of changes in equity, if presented, or in the notes to consolidated financial statements, a reconciliation at the beginning and the end of the period of the carrying amount of total equity (net assets), equity (net assets) attributable to the parent, and equity (net assets) attributable to the noncontrolling interest. That reconciliation shall separately disclose all of the following:
    1. 1
      Net income
    2. 2
      Transactions with owners acting in their capacity as owners, showing separately contributions from and distributions to owners
    3. 3
      Each component of other comprehensive income.
  4. d
    In notes to the consolidated financial statements, a separate schedule that shows the effects of any changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary on the equity attributable to the parent.
Example 2 (see paragraph 810-10-55-4G) illustrates the application of the guidance in this paragraph.

Deconsolidation of a Subsidiary

810-10-50-1B
In the period that either a subsidiary is deconsolidated or a group of assets is derecognized in accordance with paragraph 810-10-40-3A, the parent shall disclose all of the following:
  1. a
    The amount of any gain or loss recognized in accordance with paragraph 810-10-40-5
  2. b
    The portion of any gain or loss related to the remeasurement of any retained investment in the former subsidiary or group of assets to its fair value
  3. c
    The caption in the income statement in which the gain or loss is recognized unless separately presented on the face of the income statement
  4. d
    A description of the valuation technique(s) used to measure the fair value of any direct or indirect retained investment in the former subsidiary or group of assets
  5. e
    Information that enables users of the parent's financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop the fair value in item (d)
  6. f
    The nature of continuing involvement with the subsidiary or entity acquiring the group of assets after it has been deconsolidated or derecognized
  7. g
    Whether the transaction that resulted in the deconsolidation or derecognition was with a related party
  8. h
    Whether the former subsidiary or entity acquiring a group of assets will be a related party after deconsolidation.
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2026; (N) December 16, 2026Transition guidance:
220-40-65-1In the period that either a subsidiary is deconsolidated or a group of assets is derecognized in accordance with paragraph 810-10-40-3A, the parent shall disclose all of the following:
  1. a
    The amount of any gain or loss recognized in accordance with paragraph 810-10-40-5
  2. b
    The portion of any gain or loss related to the remeasurement of any retained investment in the former subsidiary or group of assets to its fair value
  3. c
    The caption in the income statement in which the gain or loss is recognized unless separately presented on the face of the income statement
  4. d
    A description of the valuation technique(s) used to measure the fair value of any direct or indirect retained investment in the former subsidiary or group of assets
  5. e
    Information that enables users of the parent's financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop the fair value in item (d)
  6. f
    The nature of continuing involvement with the subsidiary or entity acquiring the group of assets after it has been deconsolidated or derecognized
  7. g
    Whether the transaction that resulted in the deconsolidation or derecognition was with a related party
  8. h
    Whether the former subsidiary or entity acquiring a group of assets will be a related party after deconsolidation.
See paragraphs for additional disclosure requirements.

A Change in the Difference Between Parent and Subsidiary Fiscal Year-Ends

810-10-50-2
An entity should make the disclosures required pursuant to Topic 250. This paragraph applies to all entities that change (or eliminate) a previously existing difference between the reporting periods of a parent and a consolidated entity or an investor and an equity method investee. This paragraph does not apply in situations in which a parent entity or an investor changes its fiscal year-end.

Variable Interest Entities

810-10-50-2AA
The principal objectives of this Subsection's required disclosures are to provide financial statement users with an understanding of all of the following:
  1. a
    The significant judgments and assumptions made by a reporting entity in determining whether it must do any of the following:
    1. 1
      Consolidate a variable interest entity (VIE)
    2. 2
      Disclose information about its involvement in a VIE.
  2. b
    The nature of restrictions on a consolidated VIE's assets and on the settlement of its liabilities reported by a reporting entity in its statement of financial position, including the carrying amounts of such assets and liabilities.
  3. c
    The nature of, and changes in, the risks associated with a reporting entity's involvement with the VIE.
  4. d
    How a reporting entity's involvement with the VIE affects the reporting entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.
810-10-50-2AB
A reporting entity shall consider the overall objectives in the preceding paragraph in providing the disclosures required by this Subsection. To achieve those objectives, a reporting entity may need to supplement the disclosures otherwise required by this Subsection, depending on the facts and circumstances surrounding the VIE and a reporting entity's interest in that VIE.
810-10-50-2AC
The disclosures required by this Subsection may be provided in more than one note to the financial statements, as long as the objectives in paragraph 810-10-50-2AA are met. If the disclosures are provided in more than one note to the financial statements, the reporting entity shall provide a cross reference to the other notes to the financial statements that provide the disclosures prescribed in this Subsection for similar entities.

Accounting Alternative for Entities under Common Control

810-10-50-2AG
A reporting entity that neither consolidates nor applies the requirements of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections to a legal entity under common control because it meets the criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD shall disclose the following:
  1. a
    The nature and risks associated with a reporting entity's involvement with the legal entity under common control.
  2. b
    How a reporting entity's involvement with the legal entity under common control affects the reporting entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.
  3. c
    The carrying amounts and classification of the assets and liabilities in the reporting entity's statement of financial position resulting from its involvement with the legal entity under common control.
  4. d
    The reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss resulting from its involvement with the legal entity under common control. If the reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss resulting from its involvement with the legal entity under common control cannot be quantified, that fact shall be disclosed.
  5. e
    If the reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss (as required by (d)) exceeds the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities as described in (c), qualitative and quantitative information to allow users of financial statements to understand the excess exposure. That information shall include, but is not limited to, the terms of the arrangements, considering both explicit and implicit arrangements, that could require the reporting entity to provide financial support (for example, implicit guarantee to fund losses) to the legal entity under common control, including events or circumstances that could expose the reporting entity to a loss.
810-10-50-2AH
In applying the disclosure guidance in paragraph 810-10-50-2AG(d) through (e), a reporting entity under common control shall consider exposures through implicit guarantees. Determining whether an implicit guarantee exists is based on facts and circumstances. Those facts and circumstances include, but are not limited to, whether:
  1. a
    The private company (reporting entity) has an economic incentive to act as a guarantor or to make funds available.
  2. b
    The private company (reporting entity) has acted as a guarantor for or made funds available to the legal entity in the past.
810-10-50-2AI
In disclosing information about the legal entity under common control, a private company (reporting entity) shall present these disclosures in addition to the disclosures required by other guidance (for example, in Topics 460 on guarantees, Topic 850 on related party disclosures, and Topic 842 on leases). Those disclosures could be combined in a single note or by including cross-references within the notes to financial statements.

Primary Beneficiary of a VIE

810-10-50-3
The primary beneficiary of a VIE that is a business shall provide the disclosures required by other guidance. The primary beneficiary of a VIE that is not a business shall disclose the amount of gain or loss recognized on the initial consolidation of the VIE.In addition to disclosures required elsewhere in this Topic, the primary beneficiary of a VIE shall disclose all of the following:
  1. a
  2. b
  3. bb
    The carrying amounts and classification of the VIE's assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position that are consolidated in accordance with the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, including qualitative information about the relationship(s) between those assets and liabilities. For example, if the VIE's assets can be used only to settle obligations of the VIE, the reporting entity shall disclose qualitative information about the nature of the restrictions on those assets.
  4. c
    Lack of recourse if creditors (or beneficial interest holders) of a consolidated VIE have no recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary
  5. d
    Terms of arrangements, giving consideration to both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests that could require the reporting entity to provide financial support (for example, liquidity arrangements and obligations to purchase assets) to the VIE, including events or circumstances that could expose the reporting entity to a loss.
A VIE may issue voting equity interests, and the entity that holds a majority voting interest also may be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If so, and if the VIE meets the definition of a business and the VIE's assets can be used for purposes other than the settlement of the VIE's obligations, the disclosures in paragraph 810-10-50-3(bb) through (d) are not required.
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2026; (N) December 16, 2026Transition guidance:
220-40-65-1The primary beneficiary of a VIE that is a business shall provide the disclosures required by other guidance. The primary beneficiary of a VIE that is not a business shall disclose the amount of gain or loss recognized on the initial consolidation of the VIE.In addition to disclosures required elsewhere in this Topic, the primary beneficiary of a VIE shall disclose all of the following:
  1. a
  2. b
  3. bb
    The carrying amounts and classification of the VIE's assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position that are consolidated in accordance with the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, including qualitative information about the relationship(s) between those assets and liabilities. For example, if the VIE's assets can be used only to settle obligations of the VIE, the reporting entity shall disclose qualitative information about the nature of the restrictions on those assets.
  4. c
    Lack of recourse if creditors (or beneficial interest holders) of a consolidated VIE have no recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary
  5. d
    Terms of arrangements, giving consideration to both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests that could require the reporting entity to provide financial support (for example, liquidity arrangements and obligations to purchase assets) to the VIE, including events or circumstances that could expose the reporting entity to a loss.
A VIE may issue voting equity interests, and the entity that holds a majority voting interest also may be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If so, and if the VIE meets the definition of a business and the VIE's assets can be used for purposes other than the settlement of the VIE's obligations, the disclosures in paragraph 810-10-50-3(bb) through (d) are not required. See paragraphs for additional disclosure requirements.
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2027; (N) December 16, 2028Transition guidance:
270-10-65-1The primary beneficiary of a VIE that is a business shall provide the disclosures required by other guidance. The primary beneficiary of a VIE that is not a business shall disclose the amount of gain or loss recognized on the initial consolidation of the VIE.In addition to disclosures required elsewhere in this Topic, the primary beneficiary of a VIE shall disclose all of the following in interim and annual reporting periods:
  1. a
  2. b
  3. bb
    The carrying amounts and classification of the VIE's assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position that are consolidated in accordance with the Variable Interest Entities Subsections, including qualitative information about the relationship(s) between those assets and liabilities. For example, if the VIE's assets can be used only to settle obligations of the VIE, the reporting entity shall disclose qualitative information about the nature of the restrictions on those assets.
  4. c
    Lack of recourse if creditors (or beneficial interest holders) of a consolidated VIE have no recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary
  5. d
    Terms of arrangements, giving consideration to both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests that could require the reporting entity to provide financial support (for example, liquidity arrangements and obligations to purchase assets) to the VIE, including events or circumstances that could expose the reporting entity to a loss.
A VIE may issue voting equity interests, and the entity that holds a majority voting interest also may be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If so, and if the VIE meets the definition of a business and the VIE's assets can be used for purposes other than the settlement of the VIE's obligations, the disclosures in paragraph 810-10-50-3(bb) through (d) are not required. See paragraphs for additional disclosure requirements.

Nonprimary Beneficiary Holder of a Variable Interest in a VIE

810-10-50-4
In addition to disclosures required by other guidance, a reporting entity that holds a variable interest in a VIE, but is not the VIE's primary beneficiary, shall disclose:
  1. a
    The carrying amounts and classification of the assets and liabilities in the reporting entity's statement of financial position that relate to the reporting entity's variable interest in the VIE.
  2. b
    The reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIE, including how the maximum exposure is determined and the significant sources of the reporting entity's exposure to the VIE. If the reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIE cannot be quantified, that fact shall be disclosed.
  3. c
    A tabular comparison of the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities, as required by (a) above, and the reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss, as required by (b) above. A reporting entity shall provide qualitative and quantitative information to allow financial statement users to understand the differences between the two amounts. That discussion shall include, but is not limited to, the terms of arrangements, giving consideration to both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests, that could require the reporting entity to provide financial support (for example, liquidity arrangements and obligations to purchase assets) to the VIE, including events or circumstances that could expose the reporting entity to a loss.
  4. d
    Information about any liquidity arrangements, guarantees, and/or other commitments by third parties that may affect the fair value or risk of the reporting entity's variable interest in the VIE is encouraged.
  5. e
    If applicable, significant factors considered and judgments made in determining that the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance is shared in accordance with the guidance in paragraph 810-10-25-38D.
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2027; (N) December 16, 2028Transition guidance:
270-10-65-1In addition to disclosures required by other guidance, in interim and annual reporting periods, a reporting entity that holds a variable interest in a VIE, but is not the VIE's primary beneficiary, shall disclose:
  1. a
    The carrying amounts and classification of the assets and liabilities in the reporting entity's statement of financial position that relate to the reporting entity's variable interest in the VIE.
  2. b
    The reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIE, including how the maximum exposure is determined and the significant sources of the reporting entity's exposure to the VIE. If the reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIE cannot be quantified, that fact shall be disclosed.
  3. c
    A tabular comparison of the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities, as required by (a) above, and the reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss, as required by (b) above. A reporting entity shall provide qualitative and quantitative information to allow financial statement users to understand the differences between the two amounts. That discussion shall include, but is not limited to, the terms of arrangements, giving consideration to both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests, that could require the reporting entity to provide financial support (for example, liquidity arrangements and obligations to purchase assets) to the VIE, including events or circumstances that could expose the reporting entity to a loss.
  4. d
    Information about any liquidity arrangements, guarantees, and/or other commitments by third parties that may affect the fair value or risk of the reporting entity's variable interest in the VIE is encouraged.
  5. e
    If applicable, significant factors considered and judgments made in determining that the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance is shared in accordance with the guidance in paragraph 810-10-25-38D.

Relation to Topic 860 Disclosures

Primary Beneficiaries or Other Holders of Interests in VIEs

810-10-50-5A
A reporting entity that is a primary beneficiary of a VIE or a reporting entity that holds a variable interest in a VIE but is not the entity's primary beneficiary shall disclose all of the following:
  1. a
    Its methodology for determining whether the reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, including, but not limited to, significant judgments and assumptions made. One way to meet this disclosure requirement would be to provide information about the types of involvements a reporting entity considers significant, supplemented with information about how the significant involvements were considered in determining whether the reporting entity is the primary beneficiary.
  2. b
    If facts and circumstances change such that the conclusion to consolidate a VIE has changed in the most recent financial statements (for example, the VIE was previously consolidated and is not currently consolidated), the primary factors that caused the change and the effect on the reporting entity's financial statements.
  3. c
    Whether the reporting entity has provided financial or other support (explicitly or implicitly) during the periods presented to the VIE that it was not previously contractually required to provide or whether the reporting entity intends to provide that support, including both of the following:
    1. 1
      The type and amount of support, including situations in which the reporting entity assisted the VIE in obtaining another type of support
    2. 2
      The primary reasons for providing the support.
  4. d
    Qualitative and quantitative information about the reporting entity's involvement (giving consideration to both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests) with the VIE, including, but not limited to, the nature, purpose, size, and activities of the VIE, including how the VIE is financed. Paragraphs provide guidance on how to determine whether a reporting entity has an implicit variable interest in a VIE.
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2027; (N) December 16, 2028Transition guidance:
270-10-65-1A reporting entity that is a primary beneficiary of a VIE or a reporting entity that holds a variable interest in a VIE but is not the entity's primary beneficiary shall disclose all of the following in interim and annual reporting periods:
  1. a
    Its methodology for determining whether the reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, including, but not limited to, significant judgments and assumptions made. One way to meet this disclosure requirement would be to provide information about the types of involvements a reporting entity considers significant, supplemented with information about how the significant involvements were considered in determining whether the reporting entity is the primary beneficiary.
  2. b
    If facts and circumstances change such that the conclusion to consolidate a VIE has changed in the most recent financial statements (for example, the VIE was previously consolidated and is not currently consolidated), the primary factors that caused the change and the effect on the reporting entity's financial statements.
  3. c
    Whether the reporting entity has provided financial or other support (explicitly or implicitly) during the periods presented to the VIE that it was not previously contractually required to provide or whether the reporting entity intends to provide that support, including both of the following:
    1. 1
      The type and amount of support, including situations in which the reporting entity assisted the VIE in obtaining another type of support
    2. 2
      The primary reasons for providing the support.
  4. d
    Qualitative and quantitative information about the reporting entity's involvement (giving consideration to both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests) with the VIE, including, but not limited to, the nature, purpose, size, and activities of the VIE, including how the VIE is financed. Paragraphs provide guidance on how to determine whether a reporting entity has an implicit variable interest in a VIE.
810-10-50-5B
A VIE may issue voting equity interests, and the entity that holds a majority voting interest also may be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If so, and if the VIE meets the definition of a business and the VIE's assets can be used for purposes other than the settlement of the VIE's obligations, the disclosures in paragraph 810-10-50-5A are not required.
810-10-50-6
A reporting entity that does not apply the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections to one or more VIEs or potential VIEs because of the condition described in paragraph 810-10-15-17(c) shall disclose all the following information:
  1. a
    The number of legal entities to which the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections is not being applied and the reason why the information required to apply this guidance is not available
  2. b
    The nature, purpose, size (if available), and activities of the legal entities and the nature of the reporting entity's involvement with the legal entities
  3. c
    The reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss because of its involvement with the legal entities
  4. d
    The amount of income, expense, purchases, sales, or other measure of activity between the reporting entity and the legal entities for all periods presented. However, if it is not practicable to present that information for prior periods that are presented in the first set of financial statements for which this requirement applies, the information for those prior periods is not required.
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2027; (N) December 16, 2028Transition guidance:
270-10-65-1A reporting entity that does not apply the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections to one or more VIEs or potential VIEs because of the condition described in paragraph 810-10-15-17(c) shall disclose all the following information in interim and annual reporting periods:
  1. a
    The number of legal entities to which the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections is not being applied and the reason why the information required to apply this guidance is not available
  2. b
    The nature, purpose, size (if available), and activities of the legal entities and the nature of the reporting entity's involvement with the legal entities
  3. c
    The reporting entity's maximum exposure to loss because of its involvement with the legal entities
  4. d
    The amount of income, expense, purchases, sales, or other measure of activity between the reporting entity and the legal entities for all periods presented. However, if it is not practicable to present that information for prior periods that are presented in the first set of financial statements for which this requirement applies, the information for those prior periods is not required.

Aggregation of Certain Disclosures

810-10-50-9
Disclosures about VIEs may be reported in the aggregate for similar entities if separate reporting would not provide more useful information to financial statement users. A reporting entity shall disclose how similar entities are aggregated and shall distinguish between:
  1. a
    VIEs that are not consolidated because the reporting entity is not the primary beneficiary but has a variable interest
  2. b
    VIEs that are consolidated.
In determining whether to aggregate VIEs, the reporting entity shall consider quantitative and qualitative information about the different risk and reward characteristics of each VIE and the significance of each VIE to the entity. The disclosures shall be presented in a manner that clearly explains to financial statement users the nature and extent of an entity's involvement with VIEs.
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2027; (N) December 16, 2028Transition guidance:
270-10-65-1Disclosures about VIEs may be reported in the aggregate for similar entities if separate reporting would not provide more useful information to financial statement users. For interim and annual reporting periods, a reporting entity shall disclose how similar entities are aggregated and shall distinguish between:
  1. a
    VIEs that are not consolidated because the reporting entity is not the primary beneficiary but has a variable interest
  2. b
    VIEs that are consolidated.
In determining whether to aggregate VIEs, the reporting entity shall consider quantitative and qualitative information about the different risk and reward characteristics of each VIE and the significance of each VIE to the entity. The disclosures shall be presented in a manner that clearly explains to financial statement users the nature and extent of an entity's involvement with VIEs.
810-10-50-10
A reporting entity shall determine, in light of the facts and circumstances, how much detail it shall provide to satisfy the requirements of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections. A reporting entity shall also determine how it aggregates information to display its overall involvements with VIEs with different risk characteristics. The reporting entity must strike a balance between obscuring important information as a result of too much aggregation and overburdening financial statements with excessive detail that may not assist financial statement users to understand the reporting entity's financial position. For example, a reporting entity shall not obscure important information by including it with a large amount of insignificant detail. Similarly, a reporting entity shall not disclose information that is so aggregated that it obscures important differences between the types of involvement or associated risks.

Collateralized Financing Entities

810-10-50-20
A reporting entity that consolidates a collateralized financing entity and measures the financial assets and the financial liabilities using the measurement alternative in paragraphs and shall disclose the information required by Topic 820 on fair value measurement and Topic 825 on financial instruments for the financial assets and the financial liabilities of the consolidated collateralized financing entity.
810-10-50-21
For the less observable of the fair value of the financial assets and the fair value of the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity that is measured in accordance with the measurement alternative in paragraphs and , a reporting entity shall disclose that the amount was measured on the basis of the more observable of the fair value of the financial liabilities and the fair value of the financial assets.
Transition date:(P) December 16, 2027; (N) December 16, 2028Transition guidance:
270-10-65-1For the less observable of the fair value of the financial assets and the fair value of the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity that is measured in accordance with the measurement alternative in paragraphs and , a reporting entity shall disclose that the amount was measured on the basis of the more observable of the fair value of the financial liabilities and the fair value of the financial assets in interim and annual reporting periods.
810-10-50-22
The disclosures in paragraphs do not apply to the financial assets and the financial liabilities that are incidental to the operations of the collateralized financing entity and have carrying values that approximate fair value.

810-10-55Implementation Guidance and Illustrations

Source downloaded: .Record version f76150c9ecf5. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Implementation Guidance

810-10-55-1
Examples of how to assess individual noncontrolling rights facilitate the understanding of how to assess whether the rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner should be considered protective or participating and, if participating, whether the rights are substantive. An assessment is relevant for determining whether noncontrolling rights overcome the presumption of control by the majority shareholder or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests in an entity under the General Subsections of this Subtopic. Although the following examples illustrate the assessment of participating rights or protective rights, the evaluation should consider all of the factors identified in paragraph 810-10-25-13 to determine whether the noncontrolling rights, individually or in the aggregate, provide for the holders of those rights to effectively participate in certain significant financial and operating decisions that are made in the ordinary course of business:
  1. a
    The rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner relating to the approval of acquisitions and dispositions of assets that are expected to be undertaken in the ordinary course of business may be substantive participating rights. Rights related only to acquisitions that are not expected to be undertaken in the ordinary course of the investee's existing business usually are protective and would not overcome the presumption of consolidation by the investor with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests in its investee. Whether a right to approve the acquisition or disposition of assets is in the ordinary course of business should be based on an evaluation of the relevant facts and circumstances. In addition, if approval by the shareholder or limited partner is necessary to incur additional indebtedness to finance an acquisition that is not in the investee's ordinary course of business, then the approval by the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner would be considered a protective right.
  2. b
    Existing facts and circumstances should be considered in assessing whether the rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner relating to an investee's incurring additional indebtedness are protective or participating rights. For example, if it is reasonably possible or probable that the investee will need to incur the level of borrowings that requires noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner approval in its ordinary course of business, the rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner would be viewed as substantive participating rights.
  3. c
    The rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner relating to dividends or other distributions may be protective or participating and should be assessed in light of the available facts and circumstances. For example, rights to block customary or expected dividends or other distributions may be substantive participating rights, while rights to block extraordinary distributions would be protective rights.
  4. d
    The rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner relating to an investee's specific action (for example, to lease property) in an existing business may be protective or participating and should be assessed in light of the available facts and circumstances. For example, if the investee had the ability to purchase, rather than lease, the property without requiring approval of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner, then the rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to block the investee from entering into a lease would not be substantive.
  5. e
    The rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner relating to an investee's negotiation of collective bargaining agreements with unions may be protective or participating and should be assessed in light of the available facts and circumstances. For example, if an investee does not have a collective bargaining agreement with a union or if the union does not represent a substantial portion of the investee's work force, then the rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to approve or veto a new or broader collective bargaining agreement are not substantive.
  6. f
    Provisions that govern what will occur if the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner blocks the action of an owner of a majority voting interest or general partner need to be considered to determine whether the right of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to block the action has substance. For example, if the shareholder or partnership agreement provides that if the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner blocks the approval of an operating budget, then the budget simply defaults to last year's budget adjusted for inflation, and if the investee is a mature business for which year-to-year operating budgets would not be expected to vary significantly, then the rights of the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to block the approval of the operating budget do not allow the noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner to effectively participate and are not substantive.
  7. g
    Noncontrolling rights relating to the initiation or resolution of a lawsuit may be considered protective or participating depending on the available facts and circumstances. For example, if lawsuits are a part of the entity's ordinary course of business, as is the case for some patent-holding companies and other entities, then the noncontrolling rights may be considered substantive participating rights.
  8. h
    A noncontrolling shareholder or limited partner has the right to veto the annual operating budget for the first X years of the relationship. Based on the facts and circumstances, during the first X years of the relationship this right may be a substantive participating right. However, following Year X there is a significant change in the exercisability of the noncontrolling right (for example, the veto right terminates). As of the beginning of the period following Year X, that right would no longer be a substantive participating right and would not overcome the presumption of consolidation by the investor with a majority voting interest or limited partner with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests in its investee.
810-10-55-1A
This Subtopic provides guidance for deconsolidation of a subsidiary. If an asset one entity transfers to a second entity in exchange for a noncontrolling interest in that second entity is a subsidiary, the gain or loss of a controlling financial interest in that subsidiary is accounted for in accordance with this Subtopic.
810-10-55-1B
To justify the preparation of consolidated financial statements, the controlling financial interest shall rest directly or indirectly in one of the entities included in the consolidation. There are circumstances, however, in which combined financial statements (as distinguished from consolidated financial statements) of commonly controlled entities are likely to be more meaningful than their separate financial statements. For example, combined financial statements would be useful if one individual owns a controlling financial interest in several entities that are related in their operations. Combined financial statements might also be used to present the financial position and results of operations of entities under common management.
810-10-55-2
These paragraphs expand on the guidance in paragraph 810-10-25-16. A last-in, first-out (LIFO) liquidation (also called a decrement) occurs when the number of units (or total base year cost if dollar value LIFO is used) in a LIFO pool at year end is less than that at the beginning of the year, causing prior years' costs, rather than current year's costs, to be charged to current year's income. For example, in periods of rising prices, prior years' costs are less than current year's costs and, in such periods, charging prior years' costs to current year's income results in reporting current year's net income higher than it would be reported without a liquidation.
810-10-55-3
Accounting for a LIFO liquidation is more complex with intra-entity transfers of inventories. Paragraph 810-10-10-1 states that the purpose of consolidated financial statements is to present the results of operations and the financial position of the parent and its subsidiaries as if the consolidated group were a single economic entity. Under that guidance intra-entity profit on assets remaining within the group shall be eliminated. Results of operations and financial position, therefore, shall not be affected solely because of inventory transfers within a reporting entity. Inventory transferred between or from LIFO pools may cause LIFO inventory liquidations that could affect the amount of intra-entity profit to be eliminated.
810-10-55-4
Many different approaches are used by entities in eliminating such profit. Each reporting entity shall adopt an approach that, if consistently applied, defers reporting intra-entity profits from transfers within a reporting entity until such profits are realized by the reporting entity through dispositions outside the consolidated group. The approach shall be suited to the entity's individual circumstances.
810-10-55-4A
All of the following are circumstances that result in deconsolidation of a subsidiary under paragraph 810-10-40-4:
  1. a
    A parent sells all or part of its ownership interest in its subsidiary and, as a result, the parent no longer has a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary.
  2. b
    The expiration of a contractual agreement that gave control of the subsidiary to the parent.
  3. c
    The subsidiary issues shares, which reduces the parent's ownership interest in the subsidiary so that the parent no longer has a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary.
  4. d
    The subsidiary becomes subject to the control of a government, court, administrator, or regulator.
810-10-55-4B
The following Cases illustrate the application of the guidance in paragraph 810-10-45-23 on accounting for changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary:
  1. a
    Change results in recognition of noncontrolling interest (Case A)
  2. b
    Change results in increase in noncontrolling interest (Case B)
  3. c
    Change if entity has accumulated other comprehensive income (Case C).
810-10-55-4C
Subsidiary A has 10,000 shares of common stock outstanding, all of which are owned by its parent, Entity ABC. The carrying amount of Subsidiary A's equity is $200,000. Entity ABC sells 2,000 of its shares in Subsidiary A to an unrelated entity for $50,000 in cash, reducing its ownership interest from 100 percent to 80 percent. That transaction is accounted for by recognizing a noncontrolling interest in the amount of $40,000 ($200,000 × 20 percent). The $10,000 excess of the cash received ($50,000) over the adjustment to the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest ($40,000) is recognized as an increase in additional paid-in capital attributable to Entity ABC. If the parent is a not-for-profit entity (NFP), the $10,000 increase in additional paid-in capital in this Example is recognized instead as an increase in net assets, generally of the without donor restrictions class. Example 1 (see paragraphs ) provides additional guidance for NFPs.
810-10-55-4D
Subsidiary A has 10,000 shares of common stock outstanding. Of those shares, 9,000 are owned by its parent, Entity ABC, and 1,000 are owned by other shareholders (a noncontrolling interest in Subsidiary A). The carrying amount of Subsidiary A's equity is $300,000. Of that amount, $270,000 is attributable to Entity ABC, and $30,000 is a noncontrolling interest in Subsidiary A. Subsidiary A issues 2,000 previously unissued shares to a third party for $120,000 in cash, reducing Entity ABC's ownership interest in Subsidiary A from 90 percent to 75 percent (9,000 shares owned by Entity ABC ÷ 12,000 issued shares).
810-10-55-4E
Even though the percentage of Entity ABC's ownership interest in Subsidiary A is reduced when Subsidiary A issues shares to the third party, Entity ABC's investment in Subsidiary A increases to $315,000, calculated as 75 percent of Subsidiary A's equity of $420,000 ($300,000 + $120,000). Therefore, Entity ABC recognizes a $45,000 increase in its investment in Subsidiary A ($315,000 - $270,000) and a corresponding increase in its additional paid-in capital (that is, the additional paid-in capital attributable to Entity ABC). In addition, the noncontrolling interest is increased to $105,000, calculated as 25 percent of $420,000. If the parent is an NFP, the $45,000 increase in additional paid-in capital in this example is recognized instead as an increase in net assets, generally of the without donor restrictions class. Example 1 (see paragraphs ) provides additional guidance for NFPs.
810-10-55-4F
Subsidiary A has 10,000 shares of common stock outstanding. Of those shares, 8,000 are owned by its parent, Entity ABC, and 2,000 are owned by other shareholders (a noncontrolling interest in Subsidiary A). The carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest is $48,000, which includes $4,000 of accumulated other comprehensive income. Entity ABC pays $30,000 in cash to purchase 1,000 shares held by the noncontrolling shareholders (50 percent of the noncontrolling interest), increasing its ownership interest from 80 percent to 90 percent. That transaction is recognized by reducing the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest by $24,000 ($48,000 × 50 percent). The $6,000 excess of the cash paid ($30,000) over the adjustment to the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest ($24,000) is recognized as a decrease in additional paid-in capital attributable to Entity ABC. In addition, Entity ABC's share of accumulated other comprehensive income is increased by $2,000 ($4,000 × 50 percent) through a corresponding decrease in additional paid-in capital attributable to Entity ABC.
810-10-55-4G
This Example illustrates the application of this Subtopic's presentation and disclosure guidance by a parent with one or more less-than-wholly-owned subsidiaries.
810-10-55-4H
This Example involves all of the following assumptions:
  1. a
    Entity ABC has one subsidiary, Subsidiary A.
  2. b
    The tax rate for all years is 40 percent.
  3. c
    Entity ABC has 200,000 shares of common stock outstanding and pays dividends of $10,000 each year on those common shares. Entity ABC has no potentially dilutive shares.
  4. d
    Subsidiary A has 10,000 shares of common stock outstanding and does not pay dividends.
  5. e
    Entity ABC owns all 10,000 shares in Subsidiary A for the entire year 20X1.
  6. f
    On June 30, 20X1, Subsidiary A purchases a portfolio of securities for $100,000 and classifies those securities as available for sale.
  7. g
    On December 31, 20X1, the carrying amount of the available-for-sale securities is $105,000.
  8. h
    For the year ended December 31, 20X1, the amount of Subsidiary A's net income included in the consolidated financial statements is $24,000.
  9. i
    On January 1, 20X2, Entity ABC sells 2,000 of its shares in Subsidiary A to an unrelated entity for $50,000 in cash, reducing its ownership interest from 100 percent to 80 percent.
  10. j
    Immediately before the January 1, 20X2 sale, Subsidiary A's equity was as follows:
    • Subsidiary A Common stock " $25,000 " Paid-in capital " 50,000 " Retained earnings " 125,000 " Accumulated other comprehensive income " 5,000 " Total equity " $205,000 "
  11. k
    The January 1, 20X2 sale of Subsidiary A's shares by Entity ABC is accounted for as an equity transaction in the consolidated financial statements, as follows:
    1. 1
      A noncontrolling interest is recognized in the amount of $41,000 ($205,000 × 20 percent).
    2. 2
      Additional paid-in capital attributable to Entity ABC is increased by $9,000, calculated as the difference between the cash received ($50,000) and the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest ($41,000).
    3. 3
      Additional paid-in capital attributable to Entity ABC is also increased by $1,000, which represents the carrying amount of Subsidiary A's accumulated other comprehensive income related to the ownership interest sold to the noncontrolling interest ($5,000 × 20 percent = $1,000). Accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to Entity ABC is decreased by a corresponding amount.
    4. 4
      The journal entry to record the sale of Subsidiary A's shares to the noncontrolling shareholders is as follows:
      • Cash "50,000" Accumulated other comprehensive income (Entity ABC) "1,000" Noncontrolling interest "41,000" Additional paid-in capital (Entity ABC) "10,000"
  12. l
    For the year ended December 31, 20X2, the amount of Subsidiary A's net income included in the consolidated financial statements is $20,000.
  13. m
    On January 1, 20X3, Entity ABC purchases 1,000 shares in Subsidiary A from the noncontrolling shareholders (50 percent of the noncontrolling interest) for $30,000 for cash, increasing its ownership interest from 80 percent to 90 percent.
  14. n
    Immediately before the January 1, 20X3 purchase, the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest in Subsidiary A was $48,000, which included $4,000 in accumulated other comprehensive income.
  15. o
    The January 1, 20X3 purchase of shares from the noncontrolling shareholders is accounted for as an equity transaction in the consolidated financial statements, as follows:
    1. 1
      The noncontrolling interest balance is reduced by $24,000 ($48,000 × 50 percent interest acquired by Entity ABC).
    2. 2
      Additional paid-in capital of Entity ABC is decreased by $6,000, calculated as the difference between the cash paid ($30,000) and the adjustment to the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest ($24,000).
    3. 3
      Additional paid-in capital of Entity ABC is also decreased by $2,000, which represents the carrying amount of Subsidiary A's accumulated other comprehensive income related to the ownership interest purchased from the noncontrolling shareholders ($4,000 × 50 percent = $2,000).
    4. 4
      Accumulated comprehensive income attributable to Entity ABC is increased by a corresponding amount ($2,000).
    5. 5
      The journal entry to record that purchase of Subsidiary A's shares from the noncontrolling shareholders is as follows:
      • Noncontrolling interest "24,000" Additional paid-in capital (Entity ABC) "8,000" Accumulated other comprehensive income (Entity ABC) "2,000" Cash "30,000"
  16. p
    For the year ended December 31, 20X3, the amount of Subsidiary A's net income included in the consolidated financial statements is $15,000.
810-10-55-4I
This consolidated statement of financial position illustrates application of the requirement in paragraph 810-10-45-16 that Entity ABC present the noncontrolling interest in the consolidated statement of financial position within equity, but separately from the parent's equity.
  • Entity ABC Consolidated Statement of Financial Position As of December 31 20X3 20X2 Assets: Cash " $570,000 " " $475,000 " Accounts receivable " 125,000 " " 110,000 " Available-for-sale securities " 125,000 " " 120,000 " Plant and equipment " 220,000 " " 235,000 " Total assets " $1,040,000 " " $940,000 " - - - Liabilities: Total liabilities " $555,000 " " $459,000 " - - - Equity: Entity ABC shareholders' equity: " Common stock, $1 par " " 200,000 " " 200,000 " Paid-in capital " 42,000 " " 50,000 " Retained earnings " 194,500 " " 167,000 " Accumulated other comprehensive income " 22,500 " " 16,000 " Total Entity ABC shareholders' equity " 459,000 " " 433,000 " Noncontrolling interest " 26,000 " " 48,000 " Total equity " 485,000 " " 481,000 " Total liabilities and equity " $1,040,000 " " $940,000 "
810-10-55-4J
This consolidated statement of income illustrates the requirements in paragraph 810-10-50-1A that the amounts of consolidated net income and the net income attributable to Entity ABC and the noncontrolling interest be presented separately on the face of the consolidated income statement. It also illustrates the requirement in paragraph 810-10-50-1A(b) that the amounts of income from continuing operations and discontinued operations attributable to Entity ABC should be disclosed.
  • Entity ABC Consolidated Statement of Income Year Ended December 31 20X3 20X2 20X1 Revenues " $395,000 " " $360,000 " " $320,000 " Expenses " (330,000)" " (305,000)" " (270,000)" " Income from continuing operations, before tax " " 65,000 " " 55,000 " " 50,000 " Income tax expense " (26,000)" " (22,000)" " (20,000)" " Income from continuing operations, net of tax " " 39,000 " " 33,000 " " 30,000 " " Discontinued operations, net of tax " — " (7,000)" — Net income " 39,000 " " 26,000 " " 30,000 " " Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest " " (1,500)" " (4,000)" — Net income attributable to Entity ABC " $37,500 " " $22,000 " " $30,000 " Earnings per share—basic and diluted: " Income from continuing operations attributable to Entity ABC common shareholders" $0.19 $0.14 $0.15 " Discontinued operations attributable to Entity ABC common shareholders" — (0.03) — Net income attributable to Entity ABC common shareholders $0.19 $0.11 $0.15 "Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted" " 200,000 " " 200,000 " " 200,000 " Amounts attributable to Entity ABC common shareholders: " Income from continuing operations, net of tax " " $37,500 " " $27,600 " " $30,000 " " Discontinued operations, net of tax " — " (5,600)" — Net income " $37,500 " " $22,000 " " $30,000 "
810-10-55-4K
This statement of consolidated comprehensive income illustrates the requirements in paragraph 810-10-50-1A(a) that the amounts of consolidated comprehensive income and comprehensive income attributable to Entity ABC and the noncontrolling interest be presented separately on the face of the consolidated statement in which comprehensive income is presented.
  • Entity ABC Statement of Consolidated Comprehensive Income Year Ended December 31 20X3 20X2 20X1 Net income " $39,000 " " $26,000 " " $30,000 " " Other comprehensive income, net of tax: " " Unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax " " 5,000 " " 15,000 " " 5,000 " " Total other comprehensive income, net of tax " " 5,000 " " 15,000 " " 5,000 " Comprehensive income " 44,000 " " 41,000 " " 35,000 " Comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest " (2,000)" " (7,000)" — Comprehensive income attributable to Entity ABC " $42,000 " " $34,000 " " $35,000 "
810-10-55-4L
This consolidated statement of changes in equity illustrates the requirements in paragraph 810-10-50-1A(c) that Entity ABC present a reconciliation at the beginning and the end of the period of the carrying amount of total equity, equity attributable to Entity ABC, and equity attributable to the noncontrolling interest. It also illustrates that because the noncontrolling interest is part of the equity of the consolidated group, it is presented in the statement of changes in equity.
  • Entity ABC Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity " Year Ended December 31, 20X3 " Entity ABC Shareholders Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Retained Earnings " Common Stock " " Paid-in Capital " " Noncontrolling Interest " Total Beginning balance " $481,000 " " $167,000 " " $16,000 " " $200,000 " " $50,000 " " $48,000 " " Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest " " (30,000)" " 2,000 " " (8,000)" " (24,000)" Net income (loss) " 39,000 " " 37,500 " " 1,500 " " Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: " Unrealized gains on securities " 5,000 " " 4,500 " 500 Other comprehensive income (loss) " 5,000 " Dividends paid on common stock " (10,000)" " (10,000)" — — — — Ending balance " $485,000 " " $194,500 " " $22,500 " " $200,000 " " $42,000 " " $26,000 " Entity ABC Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity " Year Ended December 31, 20X2 " Entity ABC Shareholders "Accumulated Comprehensive Income" " Retained Earnings " Common Stock " Paid-in Capital " Noncontrolling Interest Total Beginning balance " $400,000 " " $155,000 " " $5,000 " " $200,000 " " $40,000 " $ — Sale of subsidiary shares to noncontrolling interest " 50,000 " " (1,000)" " 10,000 " " 41,000 " Net income (loss) " 26,000 " " 22,000 " " 4,000 " " Other comprehensive income, net of tax: " Unrealized gains on securities " 15,000 " " 12,000 " " 3,000 " Other comprehensive income " 15,000 " Dividends paid on common stock " (10,000)" " (10,000)" — — — — Ending balance " $481,000 " " $167,000 " " $16,000 " " $200,000 " " $50,000 " " $48,000 "
810-10-55-4M
This schedule illustrates the requirements in paragraph 810-10-50-1A(d) that Entity ABC present in notes to the consolidated financial statements a separate schedule that shows the effects of changes in Entity ABC's ownership interest in its subsidiary on Entity ABC's equity. This schedule is only required if the parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary changes in any periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.
  • Entity ABC Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements " Net Income Attributable to Entity ABC and Transfers (to) from the Noncontrolling Interest " Year Ended December 31 The purpose of this schedule is to disclose the effects of changes in Entity ABC's ownership interest in its subsidiary on Entity ABC's equity. 20X3 20X2 20X1 Net income attributable to Entity ABC "$ 37,500" $- "$ 22,000" "$ 30,000" Transfers (to) from the noncontrolling interest " Increase in Entity ABC's paid-in capital for sale of 2,000 Subsidiary A common shares " — " 10,000 " — " Decrease in Entity ABC's paid-in capital for purchase of 1,000 Subsidiary A common shares " " (8,000)" — — Net transfers (to) from noncontrolling interest " (8,000)" " 10,000 " — " Change from net income attributable to Entity ABC and transfers (to) from noncontrolling interest " "$ 29,500" "$ 32,000" " $30,000 "
810-10-55-4N
This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii). Cases A, B, C, F, and G illustrate arrangements in which the limited partnership agreement requires a simple majority vote of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests to remove the general partner and the general partner cannot vote. Cases D and E demonstrate arrangements in which the limited partnership agreement requires a two-thirds vote and a unanimous vote, respectively, of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests to remove the general partner and the general partner cannot vote. To illustrate the application of the thresholds to exercise kick-out rights through voting interests for limited partnerships in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii)(01), consider the following cases:
  1. a
    Three equal-interest limited partners (Case A)
  2. b
    Two equal-interest limited partners (Case B)
  3. c
    One hundred equal-interest limited partners (Case C)
  4. d
    Required limited partner voting percentages of more than a simple majority (Case D)
  5. e
    Four equal-interest limited partners with a required unanimous vote of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests (Case E)
  6. f
    Limited partner and general partner with a required simple majority percentage of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests—limited partner consolidates (Case F)
  7. g
    Four equal-interest limited partners with a required simple majority percentage of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests—no partner consolidates (Case G).
810-10-55-4O
Assume that a limited partnership has 3 limited partners, none of which have any relationship to the general partners, and that each holds an equal amount of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests (33.33 percent). In this Case, applying the simple majority requirement in the partnership agreement would require a vote of no more than two of the three limited partners to remove the general partners. Presuming the kick-out rights are substantive, a limited partnership that entitles any individual limited partner to remove the general partner or a limited partnership that requires a vote of two of the limited partners to remove the general partner would not meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii), meaning the partners would not lack the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance. Therefore, assuming none of the other criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-14 are met for the limited partnership to be considered a variable interest entity (VIE), the limited partnership would be considered a voting interest entity. However, if a vote of all three limited partners is required to remove the general partner and the limited partners do not possess substantive participating rights, the limited partnership would meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii) because the required vote is more than a simple majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests. Accordingly, the limited partnership would be considered a VIE.
810-10-55-4P
Consider the same facts as in Case A, except that there are two limited partners that each hold an equal amount of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests. In this Case, a simple majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests would require a vote of both limited partners. Presuming the kick-out rights are substantive, a limited partnership entitling any individual limited partner to remove the general partner or a limited partnership that requires a vote of both limited partners to remove the general partner would not meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii), meaning the partners would not lack the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance. Therefore, assuming none of the other criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-14 are met for the limited partnership to be considered a VIE, the limited partnership would be considered a voting interest entity.
810-10-55-4Q
Consider the same facts as in Case A, except that there are 100 limited partners that each hold an equal amount of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests. In this Case, a simple majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests would require a vote of 51 limited partners. Presuming the kick-out rights are substantive, a limited partnership that requires a vote of less than 52 limited partners to remove the general partner would not meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii), meaning the partners would not lack the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance. Therefore, assuming none of the other criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-14 are met for the limited partnership to be considered a VIE, the limited partnership would be considered a voting interest entity. However, if a vote of 52 or more limited partners is required to remove the general partner and the limited partners do not possess substantive participating rights, that limited partnership would meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii) because the required vote is more than a simple majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests. Accordingly, the limited partnership would be considered a VIE.
810-10-55-4R
In this Case, consider the following situations based on a limited partnership agreement that requires a vote of 66.6 percent of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests to remove the general partner:
  1. a
    Equal-interest limited partners (Case D1)
  2. b
    Limited partners with unequal interests (Case D2).
810-10-55-4S
There are 3 independent limited partners (none of which have any relationship to the general partner) that each hold an equal percentage (33.33 percent) of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests. A vote of 2 of the 3 limited partners represents 66.7 percent of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests, which also represents the smallest possible combination that is at least a simple majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests. Presuming the kick-out rights are substantive, the limited partnership would not meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii), meaning the partners would not lack the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance. Therefore, assuming none of the other criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-14 are met for the limited partnership to be considered a VIE, the limited partnership would be considered a voting interest entity.
810-10-55-4T
There are 3 independent limited partners (none of which have any relationship to the general partner) that hold 45 percent (Limited Partner 1), 25 percent (Limited Partner 2), and 30 percent (Limited Partner 3) of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests respectively. To remove the general partners, a vote of Limited Partner 1 in combination with either Limited Partner 2 or Limited Partner 3 would be a simple majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests and would satisfy the 66.6 percent contractual requirement. In contrast, a vote to exercise the kick-out right by Limited Partner 2 and Limited Partner 3 also would represent a simple majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests; however, their kick-out rights (55 percent) would not meet the required threshold of 66.6 percent to remove the general partners. Accordingly, assuming the limited partners do not possess substantive participating rights, the limited partnership would meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii), meaning the partners would lack the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance because the smallest possible combination (Limited Partner 2 and Limited Partner 3) that represents at least a simple majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests cannot remove the general partners. Accordingly, the limited partnership would be considered a VIE.
810-10-55-4U
Assume that there are 4 independent limited partners (none of which have any relationship to the general partner) that each own 10 percent of the equity of the limited partnership in the form of limited partnership voting interests. The general partner owns 60 percent of the equity of the limited partnership and does not have kick-out rights through voting interests. The limited partners have kick-out rights through voting interests, but the limited partners must vote unanimously to kick out the general partner. Assuming the limited partners do not possess substantive participating rights, the limited partnership would meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii), meaning the partners would lack the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance because more than a simple majority of kick-out rights through voting interests is required to remove the general partner. Accordingly, the limited partnership would be considered a VIE.
810-10-55-4V
Assume that there is an independent limited partner (who does not have any relationship with the general partner) that holds 40 percent of the equity of the limited partnership in the form of limited partnership voting interests. The general partner owns 60 percent of the equity of the limited partnership and does not have kick-out rights through voting interests. The limited partner has kick-out rights through voting interests, and a vote of a simple majority of the kick-out rights through voting interests to remove the general partner is required. Therefore, presuming the kick-out rights are substantive, the limited partnership would not meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii), meaning the partners would not lack the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance because the single limited partner is able to exercise the kick-out rights unilaterally. Assuming none of the other criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-14 are met for the limited partnership to be considered a VIE, the limited partnership would be considered a voting interest entity. Accordingly, the limited partner that holds 40 percent of the equity of the limited partnership in the form of limited partnership voting interests would be deemed to have a controlling financial interest in the limited partnership on the basis of the guidance in paragraph 810-10-25-1A.
810-10-55-4W
Assume that there are 4 independent limited partners that each own 10 percent of the equity of the limited partnership in the form of limited partnership voting interests. The general partner owns 60 percent of the equity of the limited partnership and does not have kick-out rights through voting interests. The limited partners have kick-out rights through voting interests, and a vote of a simple majority of the kick-out rights through voting interests to remove the general partner is required. Therefore, presuming the kick-out rights are substantive, the limited partnership would not meet the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii), meaning the partners would not lack the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance. Assuming none of the other criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-14 are met for the limited partnership to be considered a VIE, the limited partnership would be considered a voting interest entity. Accordingly, no partner would be deemed to have a controlling financial interest in the limited partnership on the basis of the guidance in paragraph 810-10-25-1A because no single limited partner owns a majority of the limited partnership's kick-out rights through voting interests. Therefore, no partner consolidates the limited partnership.

Variable Interest Entities

810-10-55-8A
An asset management company creates a series fund structure in which there are multiple mutual funds (Fund A, Fund B, and Fund C) within one (umbrella) trust. Each mutual fund, referred to as a series fund, represents a separate structure and legal entity. The asset management company sells shares in each series fund to external shareholders. Each series fund is required to comply with the requirements included in the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered mutual funds.
810-10-55-8B
The purpose, objective, and strategy of each series fund are established at formation and agreed upon by the shareholders in accordance with the operating agreements. Returns of each series fund are allocated only to that respective fund's shareholders. There is no cross-collateralization among the individual series funds. Each series fund has its own fund management team, employed by the asset management company, which has the ability to carry out the investment strategy approved by the fund shareholders and manage the investments of the series fund. The Board of Trustees is established at the (umbrella) trust level.
810-10-55-8C
The asset management company is compensated on the basis of an established percentage of assets under management in the respective series funds for directing the activities of each fund within its stated objectives. The fees paid to the asset management company are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
  2. b
    Part of service arrangements that include only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
810-10-55-8D
The asset management company has sold 65 percent of the shares in Fund A to external shareholders and holds the remaining 35 percent of shares in Fund A.
810-10-55-8E
The shareholders in each series fund have the ability through voting rights to do the following:
  1. a
    Remove and replace the Board of Trustees
  2. b
    Remove and replace the asset management company
  3. c
    Vote on the compensation of the asset management company
  4. d
    Vote on changes to the fundamental investment strategy of the fund
  5. e
    Approve the sale of substantially all of the assets of the fund
  6. f
    Approve a merger and/or reorganization of the fund
  7. g
    Approve the liquidation or dissolution of the fund
  8. h
    Approve charter and bylaw amendments
  9. i
    Increase the authorized number of shares.
810-10-55-8F
For this series fund structure, the voting rights in paragraph 810-10-55-8E(a) are exercised at the (umbrella) trust level. That is, a simple majority vote of shareholders of all of the series funds (Fund A, Fund B, and Fund C) is required to exercise the voting right to remove and replace the Board of Trustees of the (umbrella) trust. However, the voting rights in paragraph 810-10-55-8E(b) through (i) are series fund-level rights. That is, only a simple majority vote of Series Fund A's shareholders is required to exercise the voting rights in paragraph 810-10-55-8E(b) through (i) for Series Fund A.
810-10-55-8G
According to paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1), one condition for a legal entity to be considered a VIE is that, as a group, the holders of the equity investment at risk lack the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities of a legal entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance. Paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(i) indicates that, for legal entities other than limited partnerships, investors lack that power through voting rights or similar rights if no owners hold voting rights or similar rights (such as those of a common shareholder in a corporation).
810-10-55-8H
The shareholders in each series fund lack the ability at a series-specific level to remove and replace the Board of Trustees of the (umbrella) trust, because the shareholders in each series fund are required to vote on an aggregate basis to exercise that right. However, based on an evaluation of the purpose and design of each series fund, the shareholders in each series fund are able to direct the activities of the funds that most significantly impact the funds' economic performance through their voting rights. For example, the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of Fund A, which include making decisions on how to invest the assets of that fund, are carried out by the asset management company. However, the shareholders of Fund A are able to effectively direct those activities through the voting rights in paragraph 810-10-55-8E(b) through (d). Shareholders of Fund A lack the unilateral ability to remove and replace the Board of Trustees. However, because shareholders have the ability to directly remove and replace the asset management company, approve the compensation of the asset management company, and vote on the investment strategy of Fund A, the investors are deemed to have the power through voting rights to direct the activities of Fund A that most significantly impact the fund's economic performance in accordance with paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1). Therefore, assuming none of the other criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-14 are met for Fund A to be considered a VIE, Fund A would be considered a voting interest entity.
810-10-55-16
The Variable Interest Entities Subsections provide guidance for identifying entities for which analysis of voting interests, and the holdings of those voting interests, is not effective in determining whether a controlling financial interest exists because the holders of the equity investment at risk do not have sufficient equity at risk for the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or because they lack any of the following:
  1. a
    The power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities of a legal entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance
  2. b
    The obligation to absorb the expected losses of the legal entity
  3. c
    The right to receive the expected residual returns of the legal entity.
Those entities are called variable interest entities (VIEs). The Variable Interest Entities Subsections also provide guidance for determining whether a reporting entity shall consolidate a VIE. A reporting entity that consolidates a VIE is called the primary beneficiary of that VIE. This Subsection provides guidance for identifying variable interests in a VIE.
810-10-55-17
The identification of variable interests requires an economic analysis of the rights and obligations of a legal entity's assets, liabilities, equity, and other contracts. Variable interests are contractual, ownership, or other pecuniary interests in a legal entity that change with changes in the fair value of the legal entity's net assets exclusive of variable interests. The Variable Interest Entities Subsections use the terms expected losses and expected residual returns to describe the expected variability in the fair value of a legal entity's net assets exclusive of variable interests.
810-10-55-18
For a legal entity that is not a VIE (sometimes called a voting interest entity), all of the legal entity's assets, liabilities, and other contracts are deemed to create variability, and the equity investment is deemed to be sufficient to absorb the expected amount of that variability. In contrast, VIEs are designed so that some of the entity's assets, liabilities, and other contracts create variability and some of the entity's assets, liabilities, and other contracts (as well as its equity at risk) absorb or receive that variability.
810-10-55-19
The identification of variable interests involves determining which assets, liabilities, or contracts create the legal entity's variability and which assets, liabilities, equity, and other contracts absorb or receive that variability. The latter are the legal entity's variable interests. The labeling of an item as an asset, liability, equity, or as a contractual arrangement does not determine whether that item is a variable interest. It is the role of the item—to absorb or receive the legal entity's variability—that distinguishes a variable interest. That role, in turn, often depends on the design of the legal entity.
810-10-55-20
Paragraphs describe examples of variable interests in VIEs subject to the Variable Interest Entities Subsections. These paragraphs are not intended to provide a complete list of all possible variable interests. In addition, the descriptions are not intended to be exhaustive of the possible roles, and the possible variability, of the assets, liabilities, equity, and other contracts. Actual instruments may play different roles and be more or less variable than the examples discussed. Finally, these paragraphs do not analyze the relative significance of different variable interests, because the relative significance of a variable interest will be determined by the design of the VIE. The identification and analysis of variable interests must be based on all of the facts and circumstances of each entity.
810-10-55-21
Paragraphs also do not discuss whether the variable interest is a variable interest in a specified asset of a VIE or in the VIE as a whole. Guidance for making that determination is provided in paragraphs . Paragraphs provide guidance for when a VIE shall be separated with each part evaluated to determine if it has a primary beneficiary.
810-10-55-22
Equity investments in a VIE are variable interests to the extent they are at risk. (Equity investments at risk are described in paragraph 810-10-15-14.) Some equity investments in a VIE that are determined to be not at risk by the application of that paragraph also may be variable interests if they absorb or receive some of the VIE's variability. If a VIE has a contract with one of its equity investors (including a financial instrument such as a loan receivable), a reporting entity applying this guidance to that VIE shall consider whether that contract causes the equity investor's investment not to be at risk. If the contract with the equity investor represents the only asset of the VIE, that equity investment is not at risk.
810-10-55-23
Investments in subordinated beneficial interests or subordinated debt instruments issued by a VIE are likely to be variable interests. The most subordinated interest in a VIE will absorb all or part of the expected losses of the VIE. For a voting interest entity the most subordinated interest is the entity's equity; for a VIE it could be debt, beneficial interests, equity, or some other interest. The return to the most subordinated interest usually is a high rate of return (in relation to the interest rate of an instrument with similar terms that would be considered to be investment grade) or some form of participation in residual returns.
810-10-55-24
Any of a VIE's liabilities may be variable interests because a decrease in the fair value of a VIE's assets could be so great that all of the liabilities would absorb that decrease. However, senior beneficial interests and senior debt instruments with fixed interest rates or other fixed returns normally would absorb little of the VIE's expected variability. By definition, if a senior interest exists, interests subordinated to the senior interests will absorb losses first. The variability of a senior interest with a variable interest rate is usually not caused by changes in the value of the VIE's assets and thus would usually be evaluated in the same way as a fixed-rate senior interest. Senior interests normally are not entitled to any of the residual return.
810-10-55-25
Guarantees of the value of the assets or liabilities of a VIE, written put options on the assets of the VIE, or similar obligations such as some liquidity commitments or agreements (explicit or implicit) to replace impaired assets held by the VIE are variable interests if they protect holders of other interests from suffering losses. To the extent the counterparties of guarantees, written put options, or similar arrangements will be called on to perform in the event expected losses occur, those arrangements are variable interests, including fees or premiums to be paid to those counterparties. The size of the premium or fee required by the counterparty to such an arrangement is one indication of the amount of risk expected to be absorbed by that counterparty.
810-10-55-26
If the VIE is the writer of a guarantee, written put option, or similar arrangement, the items usually would create variability. Thus, those items usually will not be a variable interest of the VIE (but may be a variable interest in the counterparty).
810-10-55-27
Forward contracts to buy assets or to sell assets that are not owned by the VIE at a fixed price will usually expose the VIE to risks that will increase the VIE's expected variability. Thus, most forward contracts to buy assets or to sell assets that are not owned by the VIE are not variable interests in the VIE.
810-10-55-28
A forward contract to sell assets that are owned by the VIE at a fixed price will usually absorb the variability in the fair value of the asset that is the subject of the contract. Thus, most forward contracts to sell assets that are owned by the VIE are variable interests with respect to the related assets. Because forward contracts to sell assets that are owned by the VIE relate to specific assets of the VIE, it will be necessary to apply the guidance in paragraphs to determine whether a forward contract to sell an asset owned by a VIE is a variable interest in the VIE as opposed to a variable interest in that specific asset.
810-10-55-29
Derivative instruments held or written by a VIE shall be analyzed in terms of their option-like, forward-like, or other variable characteristics. If the instrument creates variability, in the sense that it exposes the VIE to risks that will increase expected variability, the instrument is not a variable interest. If the instrument absorbs or receives variability, in the sense that it reduces the exposure of the VIE to risks that cause variability, the instrument is a variable interest.
810-10-55-30
Derivatives, including total return swaps and similar arrangements, can be used to transfer substantially all of the risk or return (or both) related to certain assets of an VIE without actually transferring the assets. Derivative instruments with this characteristic shall be evaluated carefully.
810-10-55-31
Some assets and liabilities of a VIE have embedded derivatives. For the purpose of identifying variable interests, an embedded derivative that is clearly and closely related economically to its asset or liability host is not to be evaluated separately.
810-10-55-32
Assets held by a VIE almost always create variability and, thus, are not variable interests. However, as discussed separately in this Subsection, assets of the VIE that take the form of derivatives, guarantees, or other similar contracts may be variable interests.
810-10-55-37
Fees paid to a legal entity's decision maker(s) or service provider(s) are not variable interests if all of the following conditions are met:
  1. a
    The fees are compensation for services provided and are commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services.
  2. b
  3. c
    The decision maker or service provider does not hold other interests in the VIE that individually, or in the aggregate, would absorb more than an insignificant amount of the VIE's expected losses or receive more than an insignificant amount of the VIE's expected residual returns.
  4. d
    The service arrangement includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
  5. e
  6. f
810-10-55-37B
Facts and circumstances should be considered when assessing the conditions in paragraph 810-10-55-37. An arrangement that is designed in a manner such that the fee is inconsistent with the decision maker's or service provider's role or the type of service would not meet those conditions. To assess whether a fee meets those conditions, a reporting entity may need to analyze similar arrangements among parties outside the relationship being evaluated. However, a fee would not presumptively fail those conditions if similar service arrangements did not exist in the following circumstances:
  1. a
    The fee arrangement relates to a unique or new service.
  2. b
    The fee arrangement reflects a change in what is considered customary for the services.
In addition, the magnitude of a fee, in isolation, would not cause an arrangement to fail the conditions.
810-10-55-37C
Fees or payments in connection with agreements that expose a reporting entity (the decision maker or the service provider) to risk of loss in the VIE would not be eligible for the evaluation in paragraph 810-10-55-37. Those fees include, but are not limited to, the following:
  1. a
    Those related to guarantees of the value of the assets or liabilities of a VIE
  2. b
    Obligations to fund operating losses
  3. c
    Payments associated with written put options on the assets of the VIE
  4. d
    Similar obligations, such as some liquidity commitments or agreements (explicit or implicit) that protect holders of other interests from suffering losses in the VIE.
Therefore, those fees should be considered for evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b). Examples of those variable interests are discussed in paragraphs 810-10-55-25 and 810-10-55-29.
810-10-55-37D
For purposes of evaluating the conditions in paragraph 810-10-55-37, any variable interest in an entity that is held by a related party of the decision maker or service provider should be considered in the analysis. Specifically, a decision maker or service provider should include its direct variable interests in the entity and its indirect variable interests in the entity held through related parties, considered on a proportionate basis. For example, if a decision maker or service provider owns a 20 percent interest in a related party and that related party owns a 40 percent interest in the entity being evaluated, the decision maker's or service provider's interest would be considered equivalent to an 8 percent direct interest in the entity for the purposes of evaluating whether the fees paid to the decision maker(s) or the service provider(s) are not variable interests (assuming that they have no other relationships with the entity). The term related parties in this paragraph refers to all parties as defined in paragraph 810-10-25-43, with the following exceptions:
  1. a
    An employee of the decision maker or service provider (and its other related parties), except if the employee is used in an effort to circumvent the provisions of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of this Subtopic.
  2. b
    An employee benefit plan of the decision maker or service provider (and its other related parties), except if the employee benefit plan is used in an effort to circumvent the provisions of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of this Subtopic.
For purposes of evaluating the conditions in paragraph 810-10-55-37, the quantitative approach described in the definitions of the terms expected losses, expected residual returns, and expected variability is not required and should not be the sole determinant as to whether a reporting entity meets such conditions.
810-10-55-38
Fees paid to decision makers or service providers that do not meet all of the conditions in paragraph 810-10-55-37 are variable interests.
810-10-55-39
Receivables under an operating lease are assets of the lessor entity and provide returns to the lessor entity with respect to the leased property during that portion of the asset's life that is covered by the lease. Most operating leases do not absorb variability in the fair value of a VIE's net assets because they are a component of that variability. Guarantees of the residual values of leased assets (or similar arrangements related to leased assets) and options to acquire leased assets at the end of the lease terms at specified prices may be variable interests in the lessor entity if they meet the conditions described in paragraphs . Alternatively, such arrangements may be variable interests in portions of a VIE as described in paragraph 810-10-25-57. The guidance in paragraphs related to debt instruments applies to creditors of lessor entities.
810-10-55-40
One VIE is the primary beneficiary of another VIE if it meets the conditions in paragraph 810-10-25-38A. A VIE that is the primary beneficiary of a second VIE will consolidate that second VIE. If another reporting entity consolidates the first VIE, that reporting entity's consolidated financial statements include the second VIE because the second VIE had already been consolidated by the first. For example, if Entity A (a VIE) is the primary beneficiary of Entity B (a VIE), Entity A consolidates Entity B. If Entity C is the primary beneficiary of Entity A, Entity C consolidates Entity A, and Entity C's consolidated financial statements include Entity B because Entity A has consolidated Entity B.
810-10-55-41
A transferor's interests in financial assets in a VIE is a variable interest in the transferee entity but it is not a variable interest in a second VIE to which the transferee issues a beneficial interest. The following illustrates this point:
  1. a
    Entity A transfers financial assets to VIE B (a VIE that holds no other assets), retains a subordinated beneficial interest, and reports the transfer as a sale under the provisions of Topic 860.
  2. b
    VIE B issues all of its senior beneficial interests in the transferred assets to VIE C. VIE C issues various types of interests in return for cash and uses the cash to pay VIE B. VIE B uses the cash received from VIE C to pay Entity A.
  3. c
    Entity A's subordinated beneficial interest is a variable interest in VIE B, but neither VIE B nor Entity A has a variable interest in VIE C.

Illustrations

810-10-55-42
This Example illustrates a computation of expected losses, expected residual returns, and expected variability and is intended to explain the meaning of those terms. Entities will not necessarily be able to estimate probabilities to use a precise computation of the type illustrated, but they should use their best efforts to achieve the objective described. This Example is based on a hypothetical pool of financial assets with total contractual cash flows of $1 billion and has the following assumptions:
  1. a
    A single party holds all of the beneficial interests in the VIE, and the VIE has no liabilities.
  2. b
    There is no decision maker because the VIE's activities are completely predetermined.
  3. c
    All cash flows are expected to occur in one year or not to occur at all.
  4. d
    The appropriate discount rate (the interest rate on risk-free investments) is 5 percent.
  5. e
    No other factors affect the fair value of the assets. Thus, the present value of the expected cash flows from the pool of financial assets is assumed to be equal to the fair value of the assets.
810-10-55-43
This Example uses a simple situation intended to illustrate the concepts of expected losses, expected residual returns, and expected variability. Since it is assumed that there is only one party involved, the identity of the primary beneficiary is obvious.
810-10-55-44
The following table shows the computation of expected cash flows using the cash flow possibilities that the variable interest holder has identified. The items to be included in expected cash flows of a VIE are described in the definition of the terms expected losses, expected residual returns, and expected variability.
  • (Amounts in Thousands) Estimated Cash Flows Probability Expected Cash Flows Fair Value " $650,000 " 5.0% " $32,500 " " $30,952 " " 700,000 " 10.0 " 70,000 " " 66,667 " " 750,000 " 25.0 " 187,500 " " 178,571 " " 800,000 " 25.0 " 200,000 " " 190,477 " " 850,000 " 20.0 " 170,000 " " 161,905 " " 900,000 " 15.0 " 135,000 " " 128,571 " 100.0% " $795,000 " " $757,143 "
810-10-55-45
The expected cash flows are $795,000, and the fair value of the pool of assets is $757,143.
810-10-55-46
The following table shows how expected losses are computed once the expected cash flows are determined. Estimated cash flows (possible outcomes) are compared with the computed expected cash flows (probability-weighted outcomes). Estimated cash flows that are less than the expected cash flows contribute to expected losses, and cash flow possibilities that exceed the expected cash flows contribute to expected residual returns.
  • (Amounts in Thousands) Estimated Cash Flows (a) Expected Cash Flows Difference Estimated (Losses) Residual Returns Probability Expected Losses Based on Expected Cash Flows Expected Losses Based on Fair Value " $650,000 " " $795,000 " " $(145,000)" 5.0% " $(7,250)" " $(6,905)" " 700,000 " " 795,000 " " (95,000)" 10.0 " (9,500)" " (9,048)" " 750,000 " " 795,000 " " (45,000)" 25.0 " (11,250)" " (10,714)" " 800,000 " " 795,000 " " 5,000 " 25.0 " 850,000 " " 795,000 " " 55,000 " 20.0 " 900,000 " " 795,000 " " 105,000 " 15.0 100.0% " $(28,000)" " $(26,667)" (a) "The computation in this Example uses the probability times the difference between the estimated cash flows and expected cash flows and then discounts the result to arrive at fair value. The same result can be achieved by using the probability times the difference between the present value of the estimated cash flows and the fair value. In situations in which the timing of the cash flows varies, that alternate form may be easier to use."
810-10-55-47
The term expected losses refers to the expected losses based on fair value (using fair value as the benchmark), which in this Example is $26.667 million.
810-10-55-48
The following table shows how expected residual returns are computed for the same pool of assets.
  • (Amounts in Thousands) Estimated Cash Flows Expected Cash Flows Difference Estimated (Losses) Residual Returns Probability Expected Residual Return Based on Expected Cash Flows Expected Residual Return Based on Fair Value " $650,000 " " $795,000 " " $(145,000)" 5.0% " 700,000 " " 795,000 " " (95,000)" 10.0 " 750,000 " " 795,000 " " (45,000)" 25.0 " 800,000 " " 795,000 " " 5,000 " 25.0 " $1,250 " " $1,191 " " 850,000 " " 795,000 " " 55,000 " 20.0 " 11,000 " " 10,476 " " 900,000 " " 795,000 " " 105,000 " 15.0 " 15,750 " " 15,000 " 100.0% " $28,000 " " $26,667 "
810-10-55-49
The term expected residual returns refers to the expected residual returns based on fair value (using fair value as the benchmark), which in this Example is $26.667 million. Expected variability is a measure of total variability in either direction. It is the sum of the absolute values of the expected losses and expected residual returns.
810-10-55-50
This Example illustrates the calculation of expected losses if a legal entity has no history of net losses and expects continued profitability. This Example has the following assumptions:
  1. a
    On January 1, 2004, Entity A is formed to purchase a building, 95 percent of which is financed by debt and 5 percent by equity. The lenders will have recourse only to the building in the event that Entity A does not make the required debt payments.
  2. b
    On the same day, Entity B enters into a five-year-market-rate lease for the building from Entity A that includes a guarantee of a portion of the building's residual value. The sum of the present value of the lease payments and the residual value guarantee is less than substantially all the fair value of the building.
  3. c
    There are no other interests in Entity A.
  4. d
    The appropriate discount rate is assumed to be 5 percent.
810-10-55-51
The estimated annual outcomes in the Example include both estimated cash flows and the estimated fair value of Entity A's assets to be distributed to variable interest holders in lieu of cash, exclusive of cash flows (or flows of other assets) to and from variable interests. The guarantee is a variable interest in Entity A because it is an interest in assets with a fair value that is more than half of the total fair value of Entity A's assets. Therefore, losses absorbed by the residual value guarantee are losses of Entity A and are included in the outcomes used to calculate expected losses. For calculation simplicity, the estimated outcomes, which include both cash flows and changes in the fair value of Entity A's net assets, and related probabilities are assumed to be the same each year of the five-year lease, and at the end of the lease, the carrying value of the building is assumed to be its fair value.
810-10-55-52
The following table shows the January 1, 2004, calculation of the expected outcome at the inception of the guarantee identified as a variable interest. The fair value of the expected outcome is assumed to be equal to the sum of the present values of probability-weighted estimated annual outcomes for the five-year lease term, excluding the effects of the residual value guarantee. Any variation in estimated outcomes, as compared to the expected outcome, represents a change to the value of Entity A's net assets exclusive of variable interests from the calculation-date value of those net assets.
  • (Amounts in Thousands) Estimated Annual Outcomes (a) Probability Expected Annual Outcome Fair Value of Expected Five-Year Outcomes (b) " $(10,000)" 5.0% $(500) " $(2,165)" " (5,000)" 10.0 (500) " (2,165)" - 20.0 - - " 10,000 " 50.0 " 5,000 " " 21,648 " " 50,000 " 15.0 " 7,500 " " 32,471 " 100.0% " $11,500 " " $49,789 " (a) "Estimated outcomes include both estimated cash flows, exclusive of cash flows (or flows of other assets) to and from variable interests, and the estimated fair value of Entity A's assets to be distributed to variable interest holders in lieu of cash." (b) "The fair value is assumed to be the sum of the present values of the expected outcomes for each year of the five-year period. Because of the simplifying assumption that the annual estimated outcomes and probabilities are the same for each year of the five-year period, the expected annual outcomes are treated as level annuities in the present value calculations to determine the fair value of the five-year expected outcomes."
810-10-55-53
The following table shows the calculation of expected losses as the negative variability from the fair value of the expected outcome. Note that the estimated annual outcomes of $0 and $10,000 contribute to expected losses although neither amount is negative. To the extent that an estimated outcome, although positive, is less than the expected outcome, the legal entity will lose value in relation to its value based on the expected outcome. The following table illustrates the calculation of this expected loss as the fair value of the probability-weighted negative variations from the expected outcome. Expected losses include all such negative variations.
  • (Amounts in Thousands) Estimated Annual Outcomes Present Value of Estimated Five-Year Outcomes (a) Fair Value of Expected Five-Year Outcomes (from the table in the preceding paragraph) Positive (Negative) Variation from Expected Value Probability Expected Losses Residual Returns " $(10,000)" " $(43,294)" " $49,789 " " $(93,083)" 5.00% " $(4,654)" " (5,000)" " (21,648)" " 49,789 " " (71,437)" 10.0 " (7,144)" - - " 49,789 " " (49,789)" 20.0 " (9,958)" " 10,000 " " 43,294 " " 49,789 " " (6,495)" 50.0 " (3,247)" " 50,000 " " 216,473 " " 49,789 " " 166,684 " 15.0 - " $25,003 " 100.00% " $(25,003)" " $25,003 " (a) "Because of the simplifying assumption that the annual estimated outcomes are the same for each year of the five-year period, the estimated annual outcomes are treated as level annuities in the calculation of the present value of estimated five-year outcomes."
810-10-55-54
Negative variations can occur without having a net loss reflected in any of the estimated outcomes. Consequently, a profitable VIE will have expected losses, which must be considered in evaluating the sufficiency of equity-at-risk under paragraph 810-10-25-45(c).
810-10-55-55
The following Cases illustrate the application of the guidance in paragraphs for determining the variability to be considered in the following situations:
  1. a
    Financial VIE primarily financed by fixed-rate debt, holding investments in longer-term fixed-rate debt (Case A)
  2. b
    Financial VIE primarily financed by fixed-rate debt, holding investments in longer-term fixed- and variable-rate debt (with a fixed-rate swap) (Case B)
  3. c
    Financial VIE primarily financed by fixed-rate debt, holding investments in foreign-currency-denominated debt (with a currency swap) (Case C)
  4. d
    Financial VIE primarily financed by floating-rate debt, holding investments in fixed-rate securities (Case D)
  5. e
    Financial VIE financed by credit-linked notes holding highly rated floating-rate investments and a credit default swap (Case E)
  6. f
    Retail-operating VIE (Case F)
  7. g
    Lessor VIE (direct financing lease) with single lessee (operating lease) (Case G)
  8. h
    VIE holding both a fixed-price forward contract to buy and a fixed-price forward contract to sell electricity (Case H).
810-10-55-56
Cases A-H share all of the following assumptions:
  1. a
    All the entities are presumed to be VIEs.
  2. b
    All variable interests are variable interests in the VIE (as a whole) rather than variable interests in specified assets of the VIE, based on the guidance in paragraphs .
  3. c
    A primary beneficiary has not been identified; however, the determination of the primary beneficiary should be made in accordance with the guidance in paragraphs .
810-10-55-57
In each Case, a two-step evaluation is performed as follows:
  1. a
    Step 1: Analyze the nature of the risks in the VIE.
  2. b
    Step 2: Determine the purpose(s) for which the VIE was created and determine the variability the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders.
810-10-55-58
In the diagrams in each Case, creators are on the left and the variable interests are on the right; the instruments that could be considered either creators or absorbers of variability are in the bottom center.
810-10-55-59
A VIE is created and financed with $96 of 3-year fixed-rate debt and $4 of equity from investors. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase $100 of B- and BB-rated fixed-rate securities with contractual maturities ranging from 6 to 8 years. At the end of three years, all the investments will be sold with proceeds used, first, to pay the fixed-rate debt holders and, second, to pay the equity holders to the extent proceeds remain. The transaction was marketed to potential debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of below-investment-grade, fixed-rate investments with a longer weighted-average maturity than the liabilities and credit support from the equity tranche. The equity tranche was negotiated to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to credit risk and interest rate risk and to receive any residual reward from a favorable change in interest rates or credit risk that affects the proceeds received on the sale of the investments in the portfolio. The following diagram illustrates this situation.
810-10-55-60
The VIE is exposed to the following risks:
  1. a
    Credit risk associated with a possible default by the issuers of the investments in the portfolio with respect to principal and interest payments
  2. b
    Interest rate risk associated with interim changes in the fair value of the fixed-rate periodic interest payments received on the fixed-rate investment portfolio
  3. c
    Interest rate risk associated with changes in cash received upon the sale of fixed-rate investments prior to maturity.
810-10-55-61
The following factors should be considered in the determination of the purpose(s) for which the VIE was created and in the determination of the variability the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders:
  1. a
    The VIE was marketed to debt investors as a VIE that will be exposed to credit risk and changes in the fair value of the investments over the three-year life of the VIE due to changes in intermediate-term interest rates, with the equity tranche negotiated to absorb the first dollar risk of loss. It has been determined that substantive subordination is present with respect to these risks.
  2. b
    The VIE was not designed to create and pass along to its interest holders interest rate risk associated with interim changes in fair value of the periodic fixed-rate interest payments received on the investments, based on the nature and terms of the debt and equity interests issued by the VIE.
Based on this analysis, it can be determined that the VIE was designed to create and pass along the risks in (a) and (c) in the preceding paragraph to the debt and equity investors, which are the VIE's variable interest holders.
810-10-55-62
A VIE is created and financed with $96 of 3-year fixed-rate debt and $4 of equity from investors. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase $40 of B- and BB-rated fixed-rate securities with contractual maturities ranging from 6 to 8 years and $60 of B- and BB-rated floating-rate securities with contractual maturities ranging from 6 to 8 years (average maturity of 7 years). In addition, the VIE enters into a $60 notional 7-year pay floating and receive fixed interest rate swap with a bank. The swap economically converts the $60 of floating-rate investments to fixed-rate investments of the same average maturity. At the end of three years, all the investments will be sold, and the swap settled in cash, with the net proceeds used, first, to pay the fixed-rate debt holders and, second, to pay the equity holders to the extent proceeds remain. Net amounts payable to the swap counterparty periodically and at the end of three years (if required) take priority over payments made to the debt and equity investors. The transaction was marketed to potential debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of below-investment-grade fixed-rate and floating-rate investments (with the floating rate swapped for fixed) with a longer weighted-average maturity (including the effect of the swap) than the liabilities and credit support from the equity tranche. The equity tranche was negotiated to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to credit risk and interest rate risk, and to receive any residual benefit from a favorable change in interest rates or credit risk that affects the proceeds received on the sale of the investments in the portfolio (including settlement of the swap prior to its contractual maturity). The following diagram illustrates this situation.
810-10-55-63
The VIE is exposed to the following risks:
  1. a
    Credit risk associated with a possible default by the issuers of the investments in the portfolio with respect to principal or interest payments
  2. b
    Credit risk associated with a possible default by the swap counterparty with respect to interest payments and the settlement amount, if any, due to the VIE at the end of three years
  3. c
    Interest rate risk associated with changes in the fair value of the fixed-rate periodic interest payments received on the fixed-rate investment portfolio and on the fixed leg of the swap
  4. d
    Interest rate risk associated with changes in the periodic interest payments received on the floating-rate investment portfolio
  5. e
    Interest rate risk associated with changes in cash received upon the sale of fixed-rate investments before maturity
  6. f
    Interest rate risk associated with the amount received or paid upon settlement of the swap at the end of three years.
810-10-55-64
The following factors should be considered in the determination of the purpose(s) for which the VIE was created and in the determination of the variability the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders:
  1. a
    The VIE was marketed to debt investors as a VIE that will be exposed to credit risk and changes in the fair value of a portfolio of intermediate-term fixed-rate investments (including floating-rate investments effectively converted to fixed-rate investments by the swap) over the three-year life of the VIE due to changes in intermediate-term interest rates, with the equity tranche negotiated to absorb the first dollar risk of loss. It has been determined that substantive subordination is present with respect to these risks.
  2. b
    The swap counterparty is senior to the debt and equity investors, and the debt and equity investors understand that they are also exposed to the credit risk from possible default by the swap counterparty to the extent the swap is an asset to the VIE.
  3. c
    The interest rate swap is strongly indicated as a creator of variability because its underlying is based on observable market rates and it is senior in priority to other interest holders. Although the notional amount of the swap relates to a majority of the assets of the VIE, changes in the cash flows or fair value of the swap are not expected to offset all, or essentially all, of the risk or return (or both) related to those investments because the fair value and cash flows of the VIE's investments are expected to be affected by risk factors other than changes in market interest rates (that is, credit risk).
  4. d
    The VIE was not designed to create and pass along to its interest holders interest rate risk associated with changes in the fair value of the fixed-rate periodic interest payments received on the fixed-rate investment portfolio and on the fixed leg of the swap, based on the nature and terms of the other contracts the VIE has entered into.
  5. e
    The VIE was not designed to create and pass along to its interest holders interest rate risk associated with changes in the periodic interest payments received on the floating-rate investment portfolio, based on the nature and terms of the debt and equity interests issued by the VIE.
Based on this analysis, it can be determined that the VIE was designed to create and pass along the risks in (a), (b), (e), and (f) in the preceding paragraph to the debt and equity investors, which are the VIE's variable interest holders. The interest rate swap is considered a creator of the VIE's variability based on the design of the VIE and the guidance in paragraphs .
810-10-55-65
A VIE is created and financed with $96 of 5-year fixed-rate debt and $4 of equity from investors. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase $100 of B- and BB-rated fixed-rate securities denominated in Japanese Yen (JPY) with contractual maturities of 5 years. In addition, the VIE enters into a $100 notional 5-year pay-fixed JPY and receive-fixed U.S. dollars (USD) cross-currency swap with a bank. The swap economically converts the fixed-rate JPY-denominated investments to fixed-rate USD investments, effectively offsetting the foreign exchange risk from both periodic interest payments and the amount due upon maturity for the JPY-denominated investments. At the end of five years, all the investments will mature and a final settlement will be paid or received by the VIE on the swap, with the net proceeds used, first, to pay the fixed-rate debt holders and, second, to pay the equity holders to the extent proceeds remain. The transaction was marketed to debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of below-investment-grade, JPY fixed-rate investments (with a third-party swap designed to offset the JPY exchange risk associated with interest and principal repayment on the investments) and credit support from the equity tranche. The equity tranche was negotiated to absorb the first dollar risk of loss. The following diagram illustrates this situation.
810-10-55-66
The VIE is exposed to the following risks:
  1. a
    Credit risk associated with a possible default by the issuers of the investments in the portfolio with respect to principal and interest payments
  2. b
    Credit risk associated with a possible default by the cross-currency swap counterparty with respect to interest payments and the settlement amount, if any, due to the VIE at the end of five years
  3. c
    Interest rate risk associated with changes in the fair value of the fixed-rate periodic interest payments received on the fixed-rate investment portfolio and on the receive leg of the cross-currency swap
  4. d
    Foreign currency exchange risk associated with the periodic interest payments received on the fixed-rate JPY-denominated investments and the final receipt of principal at maturity
  5. e
    Foreign currency exchange risk associated with the periodic interest payments or receipts and the amount received or paid upon final settlement of the cross-currency swap at the end of five years.
810-10-55-67
The following factors should be considered in the determination of the purpose(s) for which the VIE was created and in the determination of the variability the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders:
  1. a
    The VIE was marketed to debt investors as a VIE that will be exposed to credit risk from possible default by the issuers of the JPY-denominated investments (principal and interest) as well as credit risk from possible default by the cross-currency swap counterparty, with the equity tranche negotiated to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to these risks. It has been determined that substantive subordination is present with respect to these risks.
  2. b
    The VIE was created to provide an investment vehicle for debt and equity investors to be exposed to the credit risk of entities whose securities are denominated in JPY.
  3. c
    The swap counterparty is senior to the debt and equity investors, and the debt and equity investors are also exposed to the credit risk from possible default by the swap counterparty to the extent the swap is an asset to the VIE.
  4. d
    The currency swap is strongly indicated as a creator of variability because its underlying is based on observable market rates and it is senior in priority to other interest holders. Although the notional amount of the swap relates to a majority of the assets of the VIE, changes in the cash flows or fair value of the swap are not expected to offset all, or essentially all, of the risk or return (or both) related to those investments because the fair value and cash flows of the VIE's investments are expected to be affected by risk factors other than changes in foreign currency exchange rates (that is, credit risk).
  5. e
    The VIE was not designed to create and pass along to its interest holders interest rate risk associated with changes in the fair value of the fixed-rate periodic interest payments received on the fixed-rate investment portfolio and on the receive leg of the cross-currency swap, based on the nature and terms of the debt and equity contracts issued by the VIE.
Based on this analysis, it can be determined that the VIE was designed to create the risks in (a), (b), (d), and (e) in the preceding paragraph, and pass along the risks in (a) and (b) in the preceding paragraph to the debt and equity investors, which are the VIE's variable interest holders. The cross-currency swap is considered a creator of the VIE's variability based on the design of the VIE and the guidance in paragraphs .
810-10-55-68
A VIE is created and financed with $90 of 3-year floating-rate debt and $10 of equity from investors. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase $100 of AAA-rated fixed-rate securities, which mature in 3 years. The fixed periodic interest payments received on the investments are used to pay the floating-rate interest to the debt holders with the remainder used to provide a return to the equity investor. At the end of three years, all the investments will mature with proceeds used, first, to pay the floating-rate debt holders and, second, to pay the equity holder to the extent proceeds remain. The VIE is not actively managed. The transaction was marketed to potential debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of high-quality fixed-rate investments with the equity tranche negotiated to provide support in the event of a credit default on the investments or in the event the fixed-rate return on the investments is not sufficient to pay the floating-rate coupon on the debt. The equity tranche was negotiated to absorb the first dollar risk of loss. The following diagram illustrates this situation.
810-10-55-69
The VIE is exposed to the following risks:
  1. a
    Credit risk associated with a possible default by the issuers of the investments in the portfolio with respect to principal or interest payments
  2. b
    Interest rate risk associated with changes in the fair value of the fixed-rate periodic interest payments received on the fixed-rate investment portfolio.
810-10-55-70
The following factors should be considered in the determination of the purpose(s) for which the VIE was created and in the determination of the variability the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders:
  1. a
    The VIE was marketed to debt investors as an entity that will be exposed to changes in the fair value of periodic interest payments received on the investments due to changes in interest rates and credit risk associated with the investment portfolio, with the equity tranche negotiated to absorb the first dollar risk of loss. It has been determined that substantive subordination is present with respect to these risks.
  2. b
    The equity investor has implicitly issued a $90 notional interest rate swap to the VIE in which that investor agrees to pay the VIE a floating rate and receive a fixed rate. However, the maximum amount payable to the VIE is limited to the equity investment. The debt holders will absorb the remaining variability caused by changes in interest rates.
  3. c
    The VIE was created to provide an investment vehicle for debt and equity investors to be exposed to the credit risk and interest rate risk associated with a mismatch between the assets (fixed-rate) and liabilities (floating-rate).
  4. d
    The VIE was designed to create and pass along to its interest holders interest rate risk associated with changes in fair value of the periodic fixed-rate interest payments received on the investments, based on the nature and terms of debt and equity interests issued by the VIE.
Based on this analysis, it can be determined that the VIE was designed to create and pass along the risks in (a) and (b) in the preceding paragraph to the debt and equity investors, which are the VIE's variable interest holders.
810-10-55-71
Bank A holds a $100 investment in bonds issued by ABC Entity and enters into a credit default swap with a newly established VIE that has no equity investors and no decision-making ability. The VIE issues $100 of credit-linked notes to investors. The credit-linked notes pay a return equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) + 90 basis points and mature in 5 years. The proceeds from the issuance of the credit-linked notes are invested in floating-rate AAA-rated investments. The terms of the credit default swap require Bank A to pay quarterly a swap premium of 100 basis points to the VIE. If a credit event occurs, as defined in the agreement, the VIE pays Bank A the notional amount of $100, and receives from Bank A the bonds issued by ABC Entity. The VIE then settles its five-year notes by delivering to the note holder the defaulted ABC Entity bonds or by selling the bonds and delivering cash.
810-10-55-72
The coupon on the floating-rate AAA-rated investments, plus the premium received on the credit default swap, will fund the coupon payment on the credit-linked notes. The VIE was marketed to potential investors as a floating-rate investment with an enhanced yield due to the assumption of credit risk of the referenced entity (in this case, ABC Entity). The following diagram illustrates this situation.
810-10-55-73
The VIE is exposed to the following risks:
  1. a
    Credit risk associated with ABC Entity
  2. b
    Credit risk associated with the AAA-rated investments
  3. c
    Credit risk associated with possible default by Bank A with respect to premium payments made to the VIE
  4. d
    Interest rate risk associated with changes in the cash flows from the interest payments received on the floating-rate investments.
810-10-55-74
The following factors should be considered in the determination of the purpose(s) for which the VIE was created and in the determination of the variability the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders:
  1. a
    The VIE was marketed to the note holders as a VIE that will be exposed to credit risk associated with ABC Entity through the credit default swap, with a small amount of credit risk from Bank A, because the notes, if there is no credit event that triggers settlement of the credit default swap, are fully collateralized by AAA-rated investments.
  2. b
    The VIE has sold credit protection on ABC Entity to Bank A and has purchased credit protection on ABC Entity from the note holders, who are expected to receive an enhanced return over the AAA floating rate investment for assuming the credit risk of ABC Entity and (to a lesser extent) the credit risk of Bank A.
  3. c
    The written credit default swap is strongly indicated as a creator of variability because its underlying is based on observable market variables and it is senior in priority to other interest holders.
  4. d
    The VIE was not designed to create and pass along to its interest holders interest rate risk associated with changes in cash flows from the periodic interest payments received on the floating-rate investments, based on the nature and terms of the credit-linked notes issued by the VIE.
Based on this analysis, it can be determined that the VIE was designed to create and pass along the risks in (a), (b), and (c) in the preceding paragraph to the note holders, which are the VIE's variable interest holders. The written credit default swap is considered a creator of the VIE's variability based on the design of the VIE and considering the guidance in paragraphs .
810-10-55-75
A VIE is created by a furniture manufacturer and a strategic investor to sell wood furniture to retail customers in a particular geographic region of the country that has no viable distribution channel. The VIE is established with $100 of equity contributed by the furniture manufacturer and $3 million of 10-year fixed-rate debt financed by the strategic investor. Interest is paid to the fixed-rate debt holder from operations before funds are available to the equity holder. The furniture manufacturer has guaranteed the fixed-rate debt to the strategic investor. The following diagram illustrates this situation.
810-10-55-76
The VIE is exposed to the following risks (collectively, operating risks):
  1. a
    Sales volume risk
  2. b
    Retail furniture price risk
  3. c
    Inventory price risk
  4. d
    Other operating cost risk.
810-10-55-77
The following factors should be considered in the determination of the purpose(s) for which the VIE was created and in the determination of the variability the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders:
  1. a
    The VIE was created to enable the furniture manufacturer to extend its existing business line into a particular geographic region that lacked a viable distribution channel.
  2. b
    The furniture manufacturer is absorbing variability from the operations of the VIE through its guarantee of the debt.
  3. c
    The debt interest was negotiated as a fixed-rate investment in a retail operating VIE, supported by the furniture manufacturer.
Based on this analysis, it can be determined that the VIE was designed to create and pass along the risks in (a), (b), (c), and (d) in the preceding paragraph to the debt and equity investors (the strategic investor and furniture manufacturer, respectively), which are the VIE's variable interest holders. The furniture manufacturer also holds a variable interest with respect to its guarantee of the debt of the VIE because that contract, by design, absorbs a portion of the VIE's variability due to operating risks.
810-10-55-78
A VIE is created and financed with $950 of 5-year fixed-rate debt and $50 of equity. The VIE uses the proceeds from the issuance to purchase an underlying asset to be leased to a lessee with a AA credit rating. The equity provides protection (up to $50) to the debt related to both credit risk and interest rate risk because the debt is paid before any cash flows are available to the equity investors. The lease has a five-year term and is classified as a direct financing lease by the lessor and as an operating lease by the lessee. The lessee is required to provide a first-loss residual value guarantee for the expected future value of the underlying asset at the end of five years, and it has a fixed-price purchase option to acquire the underlying asset for the same amount. A third-party residual value guarantor provides a very small additional residual value guarantee to the lessor. The governing documents for the VIE do not permit the VIE to buy additional assets or sell existing assets during the five-year holding period. The VIE was formed so that the lessee will have rights to occupy and use the underlying asset under an operating lease and retain substantially all of the risks and rewards from appreciation or depreciation in value of the underlying asset. The transaction was marketed to potential investors as an investment in a portfolio of AA-rated assets collateralized by an underlying asset that would provide a fixed-rate return to debt holders equivalent to AA-rated assets. The return to equity investors is expected to be slightly greater than the return provided to the debt investors because the equity is subordinated with respect to the obligation of the lessee to the VIE.
810-10-55-79
The VIE is exposed to the following risks:
  1. a
    Price risk with respect to changes in fair value of the underlying asset
  2. b
    Credit risk associated with possible default by the lessee of the underlying asset with respect to the lease payments
  3. c
    Interest rate risk associated with changes in the fair value of the future lease payments.
810-10-55-80
The following factors should be considered in the determination of the purpose(s) for which the VIE was created and in the determination of the variability the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders:
  1. a
    Although the lease payments are fixed, the VIE was not designed to be exposed to interim changes in fair value of those lease payments due to interest rate risk because the VIE is not expected to sell the underlying asset before maturity of the fixed-rate debt.
  2. b
    The primary purpose for which the VIE was created was to provide the lessee with use of the underlying asset for five years with substantially all of the rights and obligations of ownership.
  3. c
    The residual value guarantee effectively transfers substantially all of the risk associated with the underlying asset (that is, declines in value) to the lessee. Therefore, the variability that is transferred to that interest holder is strongly indicated as variability that the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders.
  4. d
    The fixed-price purchase option effectively transfers substantially all of the rewards from the underlying asset (that is, increases in value) to the lessee.
  5. e
    The VIE is designed to be exposed to the risks associated with a cumulative change in fair value of the underlying asset at the end of five years as well as credit risk from possible default by the lessee with regard to lease payments.
  6. f
    The VIE was marketed to potential investors as an investment in a portfolio of AA-rated assets collateralized by an underlying asset that would provide a fixed-rate return to debt holders equivalent to AA-rated assets.
  7. g
    The role of the residual value guarantee and fixed-price purchase option in the design of the VIE, regardless of their legal form or accounting classification, dictates whether those interests shall be treated as creating risk for the VIE or absorbing risk from the VIE. Therefore, price risk with respect to changes in fair value of the underlying asset is a relevant risk for the VIE, even though the lessor VIE records a net investment in the direct financing lease, rather than the underlying asset itself, on its balance sheet for accounting purposes.
Based on this analysis, it can be determined that the VIE was designed to create and pass along the risk in (a) in paragraph 810-10-55-79 to the third-party guarantor and the lessee (with respect to the residual value guarantee and fixed-price purchase option) and the risk in (b) in paragraph 810-10-55-79 to the note and equity holders, all of which are the VIE's variable interest holders.
810-10-55-81
A financially distressed electricity producer wishes to monetize some of its in-the-money forward positions. One such contract is a physically settled forward contract to sell electricity to Party A at a fixed price one year in the future. A VIE is created and financed with $100 of 1-year fixed-rate debt from investors for the purpose of monetizing the value of the forward contract to sell for the electricity producer. The VIE uses the proceeds from issuance to purchase the physically settled forward contract to sell (from the VIE's perspective) electricity to Party A at a fixed price one year in the future. This contract is in-the-money by $100. After the electricity producer has received its $100, it has no further involvement with the VIE. The VIE enters into a separate at-market forward contract to buy (from the VIE's perspective) electricity at a lower fixed price from Party B on the same future date. Both forward contracts will be physically settled, and all other critical terms (except the fixed settlement price) of the two forward contracts are the same. Both forward contracts have rights senior to those of the investors and are derivatives whose underlying is a market observable price. The VIE is not actively managed. The debt was marketed to the investors as a fixed-rate one-year investment with an enhanced yield due to risk of possible default by either Party A or Party B with respect to their forward contracts with the VIE. The following diagram illustrates this situation.
810-10-55-82
The VIE is exposed to the following risks:
  1. a
    Electricity price risk, which affects the fair values of the fixed-price forward purchase contract and the fixed-price forward sales contract
  2. b
    Credit risk associated with possible default by the counterparty to the forward purchase contract
  3. c
    Credit risk associated with possible default by the counterparty to the forward sales contract.
810-10-55-83
The following factors should be considered in the determination of the purpose(s) for which the VIE was created and in the determination of the variability the VIE is designed to create and pass along to its interest holders:
  1. a
    The VIE was designed to hold offsetting positions with respect to electricity price risk through a forward purchase contract and a forward sales contract with terms that are the same (except for fixed settlement price).
  2. b
    The debt was marketed to the investors as a fixed-rate one-year investment with an enhanced yield due to risk of possible default by either Party A or Party B with respect to their forward contracts with the VIE.
  3. c
    To the extent electricity prices rise and the forward purchase contract (with Party B) increases in value (from the VIE's perspective), the debt investors will be exposed to credit risk to the extent that Party B defaults on its obligation.
  4. d
    To the extent electricity prices drop and the forward sales contract increases in value (from the VIE's perspective), the debt investors will be exposed to credit risk to the extent that Party A defaults on its obligation.
  5. e
    The forward to buy electricity at a fixed price is strongly indicated as a creator of variability because its underlying is based on observable market prices and it is senior in priority to the debt holders.
  6. f
    The forward to sell electricity at a fixed price is strongly indicated as a creator of variability because its underlying is based on observable market prices and is senior in priority to the debt holders.
  7. g
    Changes in fair value of each forward contract are expected to offset all, or essentially all, of the risk and return related to the other forward contract, so a further analysis of the design of the VIE is necessary in order to conclude whether each forward contract is a creator of variability or a variable interest.
810-10-55-84
A further analysis of the design of the VIE is necessary to conclude whether each fixed-price forward contract is a creator of variability or a variable interest because changes in the fair value of each contract are expected to offset all, or essentially all, of the risk and return related to the other contract. That analysis should consider the following factors:
  1. a
    The debt interests in this VIE were marketed on behalf of the electricity producer as fixed-rate debt exposed to the credit risk of the counterparties to the forward agreements.
  2. b
    The counterparties to the forward agreements did not participate significantly in the design of the VIE.
810-10-55-85
In these circumstances, because they meet the characteristics described in paragraph 810-10-25-35(a) through (b) and based on the further analysis of the design of the VIE, the two forward contracts are creators of the VIE's variability. Based on this analysis, it can be determined that the VIE was designed to create and pass along the risks in paragraph 810-10-55-82(a) through (c) to the debt investors, which are the VIE's variable interest holders.
810-10-55-86
If, instead of executing the transaction described in this Case, the electricity producer sold the fixed-price forward sales contract for $100 to an entity that physically owned a power plant and produced electricity, an analysis of the design of that entity would be required, which would involve developing a complete understanding of the purpose for which that entity was created. In this case, the electricity producer also has no further involvement with the entity after receiving its $100. Provided the fixed-priced forward contract to sell is senior in priority to other interest holders, that contract would be strongly indicated as a creator of variability because its underlying is based on observable market rates. In addition, changes in the cash flows or fair value of the fixed-price forward contract typically would not be expected to offset all, or essentially all, of the risk or return (or both) related to the power plant because the risk or return (or both) of the power plant would be affected by factors other than changes in electricity prices (for example, operating costs).
810-10-55-90
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-206.
810-10-55-90A
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-207.
810-10-55-91
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-208.
810-10-55-92
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-209.
810-10-55-93
The following cases are provided solely to illustrate the application of the guidance in paragraphs related to the identification of a primary beneficiary:
  1. a
    Commercial mortgage-backed securitization (Case A)
  2. b
    Asset-backed collateralized debt obligation (Case B)
  3. c
    Structured investment vehicle (Case C)
  4. d
    Commercial paper conduit (Case D)
  5. e
    Guaranteed mortgage-backed securitization (Case E)
  6. f
    Residential mortgage-backed securitization (Case F)
  7. g
    Lease entity (Case G)
  8. h
    Collaboration—Joint venture arrangement (Case H)
  9. i
    Furniture manufacturing entity (Case I)
  10. j
    Investment fund 1—Annual and performance-based fees and additional interests (Case J)
  11. k
    Investment fund 2—Annual and performance-based fees and no additional interests (Case K)
  12. l
    eCommerce Entity (Case L).
810-10-55-94
The identification of a primary beneficiary, if any, in Cases A-L is based solely on the specific facts and circumstances presented. These Cases are hypothetical and are not meant to represent actual transactions in the marketplace. Although certain aspects of the Cases may be present in actual fact patterns, relevant facts and circumstances of a specific fact pattern or structure would need to be evaluated to reach an accounting conclusion. The Cases share the following assumptions:
  1. a
    The legal entities in Cases A-I and Case L are presumed to be VIEs.These presumptions should be understood as fact and not as conclusions based on the other facts and circumstances in each case. Case J provides an explanation as to why the legal entity is a VIE. Case K does not indicate whether the legal entity is a VIE because the decision maker does not have a variable interest in the legal entity.
  2. b
    All variable interests are presumed to be variable interests in the VIE as a whole, rather than variable interests in specified assets of the VIE, on the basis of the guidance in paragraphs .
810-10-55-95
In some Cases, certain fees are described as representing, or not representing, a variable interest on the basis of paragraphs . However, the Cases were not meant to illustrate the application of the guidance in those paragraphs, and additional facts would be necessary to determine which condition(s) resulted in the fee representing a variable interest. Specifically, certain Cases state whether certain fees are commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the related services and whether they are part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in similar arrangements negotiated at arm's length. Those presumptions should be understood as fact for purposes of reading each related Case and not as conclusions based on the other facts and circumstances described in each case. Finally, determining the primary beneficiary in accordance with the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections requires judgment and is on the basis of individual facts and circumstances of the VIE and the reporting entity with the variable interest or interests.
810-10-55-96
A VIE is created and financed with $94 of investment grade 7-year fixed-rate bonds (issued in 3 tranches) and $6 of equity. All of the bonds are held by third-party investors. The equity is held by a third party, who is also the special servicer. The equity tranche was designed to absorb the first dollar risk of loss and to receive any residual return from the VIE. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase $100 of BB-rated fixed-rate commercial mortgage loans with contractual maturities of 7 years from a transferor. The commercial mortgage loans contain provisions that require each borrower to pay the full scheduled interest and principal if the loan is extinguished prior to maturity. The transaction was marketed to potential bondholders as an investment in a portfolio of commercial mortgage loans with exposure to the credit risk associated with the possible default by the borrowers.
810-10-55-97
Each month, interest received from all of the pooled loans is paid to the investors in the fixed-rate bonds, in order of seniority, until all accrued interest on those bonds is paid. The same distribution occurs when principal payments are received.
810-10-55-98
If there is a shortfall in contractual payments from the borrowers or if the loan collateral is liquidated and does not generate sufficient proceeds to meet payments on all bond classes, the equity tranche and then the most subordinate bond class will incur losses, with further losses impacting more senior bond classes in reverse order of priority.
810-10-55-99
The transferor retains the primary servicing responsibilities. The primary servicing activities performed are administrative in nature and include remittance of payments on the loans, administration of escrow accounts, and collections of insurance claims. Upon delinquency or default by the borrower, the responsibility for administration of the loan is transferred from the transferor as the primary servicer to the special servicer. Furthermore, the special servicer, as the equity holder, has the approval rights for budgets, leases, and property managers of foreclosed properties.
810-10-55-100
The special servicer is involved in the creation of the VIE and required at the creation date that certain loans, which it deemed to be of high risk, be removed from the initial pool of loans that were going to be purchased by the VIE from the transferor. The special servicer also reviewed the VIE's governing documents to ensure that the special servicer would be allowed to act quickly and effectively in situations in which a loan becomes delinquent. The special servicer concluded the VIE's governing documents allowed the special servicer to adequately monitor and direct the performance of the underlying loans.
810-10-55-101
For its services as primary servicer, the transferor earns a fixed fee, calculated as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance on the underlying loans. The special servicer also earns a fixed fee, calculated as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance on the underlying loans. The fees paid to the primary and special servicer are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
No party has the ability to remove the primary servicer or the special servicer.
810-10-55-102
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined the following:
  1. a
    The primary purposes for which the VIE was created were to provide liquidity to the transferor to originate additional loans and to provide investors with the ability to invest in a pool of commercial mortgage loans.
  2. b
    The VIE was marketed to debt investors as a VIE that would be exposed to the credit risk associated with the possible default by the borrowers with respect to principal and interest payments, with the equity tranche designed to absorb the first dollar risk of loss. Additionally, the marketing of the transaction indicated that such risks would be mitigated by subordination of the equity tranche.
  3. c
    The VIE is not exposed to prepayment risk because the commercial mortgage loans contain provisions that require the borrower to pay the full scheduled interest and principal if the loan is extinguished prior to maturity.
810-10-55-103
The special servicer and the bondholders are the variable interest holders in the VIE. The fees paid to the transferor do not represent a variable interest on the basis of a consideration of the conditions in paragraphs . The fees paid to the special servicer represent a variable interest on the basis of a consideration of the conditions in those paragraphs, specifically paragraph 810-10-55-37(c), because of the special servicer holding the equity tranche. If the special servicer was only receiving fees and did not hold the equity tranche and if its related parties did not hold any variable interests in the VIE, then the fees would not be a variable interest.
810-10-55-104
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is most significantly impacted by the performance of its underlying assets. Thus, the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are the activities that most significantly impact the performance of the underlying assets. The special servicer has the ability to manage the VIE's assets that are delinquent or in default to improve the economic performance of the VIE. Additionally, the special servicer, as the equity holder, can approve budgets, leases, and property managers on foreclosed property. The special servicing activities are performed only upon delinquency or default of the underlying assets. However, a reporting entity's ability to direct the activities of a VIE when circumstances arise or events happen constitutes power if that ability relates to the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE. A reporting entity does not have to exercise its power in order to have power to direct the activities of a VIE. The special servicer's involvement in the design of the VIE does not, in isolation, result in the special servicer being the primary beneficiary of the VIE. However, in this situation, that involvement indicated that the special servicer had the opportunity and the incentive to establish arrangements that result in the special servicer being the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-105
The bondholders of the VIE have no voting rights and no other rights that provide them with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-106
The activities that the primary servicer has the power to direct are administrative in nature and do not most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. In addition, the primary servicer, and its related parties, do not hold a variable interest in the VIE. Thus, the primary servicer cannot be the primary beneficiary of the VIE.
810-10-55-107
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-108
The special servicer, for its servicing activities, receives a fixed fee that provides it with the right to receive benefits of the VIE. The fees paid to the special servicer are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
Therefore, the fees meet the criteria in paragraph 810-10-25-38H, and they should not be considered for purposes of evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b). The special servicer, as the equity tranche holder, has the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits, either of which could potentially be significant to the VIE. As equity tranche holder, the special servicer is the most subordinate tranche and therefore absorbs the first dollar risk of loss and has the right to receive benefits, including the VIE's actual residual returns, if any.
810-10-55-109
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the special servicer would be deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  2. b
    As the equity tranche holder, it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE and the right to receive benefits from the VIE, either of which could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-110
A VIE is created and financed with $90 of AAA-rated fixed-rate debt securities, $6 of BB-rated fixed-rate debt securities, and $4 of equity. All debt securities issued by the VIE are held by third-party investors. The equity tranche is held 35 percent by the manager of the VIE and 65 percent by a third-party investor. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase a portfolio of asset-backed securities with varying tenors and interest rates.
810-10-55-111
The transaction was marketed to potential debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of asset-backed securities with exposure to the credit risk associated with the possible default by the issuers of the asset-backed securities in the portfolio and to the interest rate risk associated with the management of the portfolio. The equity tranche was designed to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to credit risk and interest rate risk and to receive any residual returns from a favorable change in interest rates or credit risk that affects the proceeds received on the sale of investments in the portfolio.
810-10-55-112
The assets of the VIE are managed within the parameters established by the underlying trust documents. The parameters provide the manager with the latitude to manage the VIE's assets while maintaining an average portfolio rating of single B-plus or higher. If the average rating of the portfolio declines, the VIE's governing documents require that the manager's discretion in managing the portfolio be curtailed.
810-10-55-113
For its services, the manager earns a base, fixed fee, and a performance fee in which it receives a portion of the VIE's profit above a targeted return. The fees paid to the manager are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
The manager can be removed, without cause (as distinguished from with cause), by a simple majority decision of the AAA-rated debt holders. As the debt of the entity is widely dispersed, no one party has the ability to unilaterally remove the manager. If removal of the manager occurs, the manager will continue to hold a 35 percent equity interest in the VIE.
810-10-55-114
The third-party equity investor has rights that are limited to administrative matters.
810-10-55-115
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined the following:
  1. a
    The primary purposes for which the VIE was created were to provide investors with the ability to invest in a pool of asset-backed securities, to earn a positive spread between the interest that the VIE earns on its portfolio and the interest paid to the debt investors, and to generate management fees for the manager.
  2. b
    The transaction was marketed to potential debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of asset-backed securities with exposure to the credit risk associated with the possible default by the issuers of the asset-backed securities in the portfolio and to the interest rate risk associated with the management of the portfolio. Additionally, the marketing of the transaction indicated that such risks would be mitigated by the support from the equity tranche.
  3. c
    The equity tranche was designed to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to credit risk and interest rate risk and to receive any residual returns from a favorable change in interest rates or credit risk that affects the proceeds received on the sale of asset-backed securities in the portfolio.
810-10-55-116
The third-party debt investors, the third-party equity investor, and the manager are the variable interest holders in the VIE. The fees paid to the manager also represent a variable interest on the basis of a consideration of the conditions in paragraphs , specifically paragraph 810-10-55-37(c), because of the manager holding the equity tranche. If the manager was only receiving fees and did not hold the equity tranche and if its related parties did not hold any variable interests in the VIE, then the fees would not be a variable interest.
810-10-55-117
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is most significantly impacted by the performance of the VIE's portfolio of assets. Thus, the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are the activities that most significantly impact the performance of the portfolio of assets. The manager has the ability to manage the VIE's assets within the parameters of the trust documents. If the average rating of the portfolio declines, the VIE's governing documents require that the manager's discretion in managing the portfolio be curtailed. Although the AAA-rated debt holders can remove the manager without cause, no one party has the unilateral ability to exercise the kick-out rights over the manager. Therefore, such kick-out rights would not be considered in this primary beneficiary analysis.
810-10-55-118
The debt holders of the VIE do not have voting rights or other rights that provide them with the power to direct activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. Although the AAA-rated debt holders can remove the manager without cause, no one party has the unilateral ability to exercise the kick-out rights over the manager.
810-10-55-119
The third-party equity investor has the power to direct certain activities. However, the activities that the third-party equity investor has the power to direct are administrative and do not most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-120
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The manager, as the 35 percent equity tranche holder, has the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits. As equity tranche holder, the manager has the most subordinate tranche and therefore absorbs 35 percent of the first dollar risk of loss and has the right to receive 35 percent of any residual benefits. The fees paid to the manager are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
Therefore, the fees meet the criteria in paragraph 810-10-25-38H, and they should not be considered for purposes of evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b). Through the equity interest, the manager has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE and the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-121
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the manager would be deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance (and no single entity has the unilateral ability to exercise kick-out rights).
  2. b
    Through its equity interest, it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE and the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-122
A VIE is created and financed with $94 of AAA-rated fixed-rate short-term debt with a 6-month maturity and $6 of equity. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase a portfolio of floating-rate debt with an average life of four years and varying interest rates and short-term deposits with highly rated banks. The short-term debt securities and equity are held by multiple third-party investors. Upon maturity of the short-term debt, the VIE will either refinance the debt with existing investors or reissue the debt to new investors at existing market rates.
810-10-55-123
The primary purpose of the VIE is to generate profits by maximizing the spread it earns on its asset portfolio and its weighted-average cost of funding. The transaction was marketed to potential debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of high-quality debt with exposure to the credit risk associated with the possible default by the issuers of the debt in the portfolio. The equity tranche is designed to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to credit, liquidity, changes in fair value, and interest rate risk and to receive any benefit from a favorable change in credit, changes in fair value, and interest rates.
810-10-55-124
The VIE is exposed to liquidity risk because the average tenor of the assets is greater than its liabilities. To mitigate liquidity risk, the VIE maintains a certain portion of its assets in short-term deposits with highly rated banks. The VIE has not entered into a liquidity facility to further mitigate liquidity risk.
810-10-55-125
The sponsor of the VIE was significantly involved with the creation of the VIE. The sponsor performs various functions to manage the operations of the VIE, which include:
  1. a
    Investment management—This management must adhere to the investment guidelines established at inception of the VIE. These guidelines include descriptions of eligible investments and requirements regarding the composition of the credit portfolio (including limits on country risk exposures, diversification limits, and ratings requirements).
  2. b
    Funding management—This function provides funding management and operational support in relation to the debt issued and the equity with the objective of minimizing the cost of borrowing, managing interest rate and liquidity risks, and managing the capital adequacy of the VIE.
  3. c
    Defeasance management—An event of defeasance occurs upon the failure of the rating agencies to maintain the ratings of the debt securities issued by the VIE at or above certain specified levels. In the event of defeasance, the sponsor is responsible for overseeing the orderly liquidation of the investment portfolio and the orderly discharge of the VIE's obligations. This includes managing the market and credit risks of the portfolio.
810-10-55-126
For its services, the sponsor receives a fixed fee, calculated as an annual percentage of the aggregate equity outstanding, and a performance-based fee, calculated as a percentage of the VIE's profit above a targeted return. The fees paid to the sponsor are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
810-10-55-127
The debt security holders of the VIE have no voting rights. The equity holders have limited voting rights that are typically limited to voting on amendments to the constitutional documents of the VIE.
810-10-55-128
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined the following:
  1. a
    The primary purposes for which the VIE was created were to provide investors with the ability to invest in a pool of high-quality debt, to maximize the spread it earns on its asset portfolio over its weighted-average cost of funding, and to generate management fees for the sponsor.
  2. b
    The transaction was marketed to potential debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of high-quality debt with exposure to the credit risk associated with the possible default by the issuers of the debt in the portfolio.
  3. c
    The equity tranche is negotiated to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to credit, liquidity, fair value, and interest rate risk and to receive a portion of the benefit from a favorable change in credit, fair value, and interest rates.
  4. d
    The principal risks to which the VIE is exposed include credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk.
810-10-55-129
The third-party debt investors, the third-party equity investors, and the sponsor are the variable interest holders in the VIE. The fees paid to the sponsor represent a variable interest on the basis of a consideration of the conditions in paragraphs , specifically paragraph 810-10-55-37(c), because of the sponsor having an implicit variable interest in the VIE as discussed in paragraph 810-10-55-132. If the sponsor was only receiving fees and did not have the implicit variable interest and if its related parties did not hold any variable interests in the VIE, then the fees would not be a variable interest.
810-10-55-130
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is significantly impacted by the performance of the VIE's portfolio of assets and by the terms of the short-term debt. Thus, the activities that significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are the activities that significantly impact the performance of the portfolio of assets and the terms of the short-term debt (when the debt is refinanced or reissued). The sponsor manages the VIE's investment, funding, and defeasance activities. The fact that the sponsor was significantly involved with the creation of the VIE does not, in isolation, result in the sponsor being the primary beneficiary of the VIE. However, the fact that the sponsor was involved with the creation of the VIE indicated that the sponsor had the opportunity and the incentive to establish arrangements that result in the sponsor being the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-131
The debt security holders of the VIE have no voting rights and no other rights that provide them with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. Although the equity holders have voting rights, they are limited to voting on amendments to the constitutional documents of the VIE, and those rights do not provide the equity holders with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-132
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The sponsor considered whether it had an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that the VIE operates as designed. Based on paragraphs 810-10-25-51 and 810-10-25-54, the sponsor determined that it has an implicit financial responsibility and that such obligation requires the sponsor to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This determination was influenced by the sponsor's concern regarding the risk to its reputation in the marketplace if the VIE did not operate as designed. The fees paid to the sponsor are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
Therefore, the fees meet the criteria in paragraph 810-10-25-38H, and they should not be considered for purposes of evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b).
810-10-55-133
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the sponsor would be deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  2. b
    Through its implicit financial responsibility to ensure that the VIE operates as designed, it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-134
A VIE is created by a reporting entity (the sponsor) and financed with $98 of AAA-rated fixed-rate short-term debt with a 3-month maturity and $2 of subordinated notes. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase a portfolio of medium-term assets with average tenors of three years. The asset portfolio is obtained from multiple sellers. The short-term debt and subordinated notes are held by multiple third-party investors. Upon maturity of the short-term debt, the VIE will either refinance the debt with existing investors or reissue the debt to new investors.
810-10-55-135
The sponsor of the VIE provides credit enhancement in the form of a letter of credit equal to 5 percent of the VIE's assets and it provides a liquidity facility to fund the cash flow shortfalls on 100 percent of the short-term debt. Cash flow shortfalls could arise due to a mismatch between collections on the underlying assets of the VIE and payments due to the short-term debt holders or to the inability of the VIE to refinance or reissue the short-term debt upon maturity.
810-10-55-136
A credit default of the VIE's assets resulting in deficient cash flows is absorbed as follows:
  1. a
    First by the subordinated note holders
  2. b
    Second by the sponsor's letter of credit
  3. c
    Third by the short-term debt holders.
The sponsor's liquidity facility does not advance against defaulted assets.
810-10-55-137
The VIE is exposed to liquidity risk because the average life of the assets is greater than that of its liabilities. The VIE enters into a liquidity facility with the sponsor to mitigate liquidity risk.
810-10-55-138
The transaction was marketed to potential debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of highly rated medium-term assets with minimal exposure to the credit risk associated with the possible default by the issuers of the assets in the portfolio. The subordinated notes were designed to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to credit. The VIE is marketed to all investors as having a low probability of credit exposure due to the nature of the assets obtained. Furthermore, the VIE is marketed to the short-term debt holders as having protection from liquidity risk due to the liquidity facility provided by the sponsor.
810-10-55-139
The sponsor of the VIE performs various functions to manage the operations of the VIE. Specifically, the sponsor:
  1. a
    Establishes the terms of the VIE
  2. b
    Approves the sellers permitted to sell to the VIE
  3. c
    Approves the assets to be purchased by the VIE
  4. d
    Makes decisions regarding the funding of the VIE including determining the tenor and other features of the short-term debt issued
  5. e
    Administers the VIE by monitoring the assets, arranging for debt placement, compiling monthly reports, and ensuring compliance with the VIE's credit and investment policies.
810-10-55-140
For providing the letter of credit, liquidity facility, and management services, the sponsor receives fixed fees that are calculated as an annual percentage of the asset value. The short-term debt holders and subordinated note holders have no voting rights. The fees paid to the sponsor for its management services are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
810-10-55-141
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined the following:
  1. a
    The primary purposes for which the VIE was created were to provide investors with the ability to invest in a pool of highly rated medium-term assets, to provide the multiple sellers to the VIE with access to lower-cost funding, to earn a positive spread between the interest that the VIE earns on its asset portfolio and its weighted-average cost of funding, and to generate fees for the sponsor.
  2. b
    The transaction was marketed to potential debt investors as an investment in a portfolio of highly rated medium-term assets with minimal exposure to the credit risk associated with the possible default by the issuers of the assets in the portfolio. The subordinated debt is designed to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to credit and interest rate risk. The VIE is marketed to all investors as having a low probability of credit loss due to the nature of the assets obtained. Furthermore, the VIE is marketed to the short-term debt holders as having protection from liquidity risk due to the liquidity facility provided by the sponsor.
  3. c
    The principal risks to which the VIE is exposed include credit, interest rate, and liquidity.
810-10-55-142
The short-term debt holders, the third-party subordinated note holders, and the sponsor are the variable interest holders in the VIE. The letter of credit and liquidity facility provided by the sponsor protect holders of other variable interests from suffering losses of the VIE. Therefore, the sponsor's fees for the letter of credit and liquidity facility are not eligible for the evaluation in paragraph 810-10-55-37 and are variable interests in the VIE. The fees paid to the sponsor for its management services represent a variable interest on the basis of a consideration of the conditions in paragraphs , specifically paragraph 810-10-55-37(c), because of the sponsor providing the letter of credit and liquidity facility and the fees for the letter of credit and liquidity facility. If the sponsor was only receiving management fees, did not provide the letter of credit and liquidity facility, and did not receive fees for the letter of credit and liquidity facility and if its related parties did not hold any variable interests in the VIE, then the management fees would not be a variable interest.
810-10-55-143
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is significantly impacted by the performance of the VIE's portfolio of assets and by the terms of the short-term debt. Thus, the activities that significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are the activities that significantly impact the performance of the portfolio of assets and the terms of the short-term debt (when the debt is refinanced or reissued). The sponsor manages the operations of the VIE. Specifically, the sponsor establishes the terms of the VIE, approves the sellers permitted to sell to the VIE, approves the assets to be purchased by the VIE, makes decisions about the funding of the VIE including determining the tenor and other features of the short-term debt issued, and administers the VIE by monitoring the assets, arranging for debt placement, and ensuring compliance with the VIE's credit and investment policies. The fact that the sponsor was significantly involved with the creation of the VIE does not, in isolation, result in the sponsor being the primary beneficiary of the VIE. However, the fact that the sponsor was involved with the creation of the VIE may indicate that the sponsor had the opportunity and the incentive to establish arrangements that result in the sponsor being the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-144
The short-term debt holders and subordinated note holders of the VIE have no voting rights and no other rights that provide them with power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-145
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The fees paid to the sponsor for its management services are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
Therefore, the management fees meet the criteria in paragraph 810-10-25-38H, and they should not be considered for purposes of evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b). However, the sponsor still, through its letter of credit and liquidity facility fees, receives benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The sponsor, through its letter of credit and liquidity facility, also has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-146
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the sponsor would be deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  2. b
    Through its letter of credit and liquidity facility, the sponsor has the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE, and, through its fees for the letter of credit and liquidity facility, the sponsor has the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-147
A VIE is created and financed with $100 of a single class of investment-grade 30-year fixed-rate debt securities. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase $100 of 30-year fixed-rate residential mortgage loans from the transferor. The VIE enters into a guarantee facility that absorbs 100 percent of the credit losses incurred on the VIE's assets. The assets acquired by the VIE are underwritten by the transferor in accordance with the parameters established by the guarantor. Additionally, all activities of the VIE are prespecified by the trust agreement and servicing guide, which are both established by the guarantor. No critical decisions are generally required for the VIE unless default of an underlying asset is reasonably foreseeable or occurs.
810-10-55-148
The transaction was marketed to potential debt security holders as an investment in a portfolio of residential mortgage loans with exposure to the credit risk of the guarantor and to the prepayment risk associated with the underlying loans of the VIE. Each month, the security holders receive interest and principal payments in proportion to their percentage ownership of the underlying loans.
810-10-55-149
If there is a shortfall in contractually required loan payments from the borrowers or if the loan is foreclosed on and the liquidation of the underlying property does not generate sufficient proceeds to meet the required payments on all securities, the guarantor will make payments to the debt securities holders to ensure timely payment of principal and accrued interest on the debt securities.
810-10-55-150
The guarantor also serves as the master servicer for the VIE. As master servicer, the guarantor services the securities issued by the VIE. Generally, if a mortgage loan is 120 days (or 4 consecutive months) delinquent, and if other circumstances are met, the guarantor has the right to buy the loan from the VIE. The master servicer can only be removed for a material breach in its obligations. As compensation for the guarantee and services provided, the guarantor receives a fee that is calculated monthly as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance on the underlying loans.
810-10-55-151
As master servicer, the guarantor also is responsible for supervising and monitoring the servicing of the residential mortgage loans (primary servicing). The VIE's governing documents provide that the guarantor is responsible for the primary servicing of the loans; however, the guarantor is allowed to, and does, hire the transferor to perform primary servicing activities that are conducted under the supervision of the guarantor. The guarantor monitors the primary servicer's performance and has the right to remove the primary servicer at any time it considers such a removal to be in the best interest of the security holders.
810-10-55-152
The primary servicing activities are performed under the servicing guide established by the guarantor. Examples of the primary servicing activities include collecting and remitting principal and interest payments, administering escrow accounts, and managing default. When a loan becomes delinquent or it is reasonably foreseeable of becoming delinquent, the primary servicer can propose a default mitigation strategy in which the guarantor can approve, reject, or require another course of action if it considers such action is in the best interest of the security holders. As compensation for servicing the underlying loans, the transferor receives a fee that is calculated monthly as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance on the underlying loans.
810-10-55-153
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined the following:
  1. a
    The primary purposes for which the VIE was created were to provide investors with the ability to invest in a pool of residential mortgage loans with a third-party guarantee for 100 percent of the principal and interest payments due on the mortgage loans in the VIE, to provide the transferor to the VIE with access to liquidity for its originated loans and an ongoing servicing fee, and to generate fees for the guarantor.
  2. b
    The transaction was marketed to potential debt security holders as an investment in a portfolio of residential mortgage loans with exposure to the credit risk of the guarantor and prepayment risk associated with the underlying assets of the VIE.
  3. c
    The principal risks to which the VIE is exposed include credit risk of the underlying assets, prepayment risk, and the risk of fluctuations in the value of the underlying real estate. The credit risk of the underlying assets and the risk of fluctuations in the value of the underlying real estate are fully absorbed by the guarantor.
810-10-55-154
The debt securities holders and the guarantor are the variable interest holders in the VIE. The fees paid to the transferor do not represent a variable interest on the basis of a consideration of the conditions in paragraphs . The guarantee arrangement protects holders of other variable interests from suffering losses in the VIE because the guarantor is required to fully absorb the credit risk of the underlying assets of the VIE and the risk of fluctuations in the value of the underlying real estate. Therefore, the guarantor's fees are not eligible for the evaluation in paragraph 810-10-55-37.
810-10-55-155
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is most significantly impacted by the performance of its underlying assets. Thus, the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are the activities that most significantly impact the performance of the underlying assets. The guarantor, who is also the master servicer, has the ability (through establishment of the servicing terms, to appoint and remove the primary servicer, to direct default mitigation, and to purchase defaulted assets) to manage the VIE's assets that become delinquent (or may become delinquent in the reasonably foreseeable future) to improve the economic performance of the VIE.
810-10-55-156
Prepayment risk is also a risk that the VIE was designed to create and pass through. However, no variable interest holder has the power to direct activities related to such risk.
810-10-55-157
Because the guarantor is able to appoint and replace the primary servicer and direct default mitigation, the primary servicer does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. In addition, the primary servicer and its related parties do not hold a variable interest in the VIE. Thus, the primary servicer cannot be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Furthermore, the security holders have no voting rights and, thus, no power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-158
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The guarantor, through its fee arrangement, receives benefits, which may or may not potentially be significant under this analysis; however, the guarantor has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant through its guarantee obligation. Therefore, the fees are not eligible for the evaluation in paragraph 810-10-25-38H, and they should be considered for purposes of evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b).
810-10-55-159
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the guarantor would be deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  2. b
    Through its guarantee, it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-160
A VIE is created and financed with $100 of 30-year fixed-rate debt securities. The securities are issued in 2 tranches (a $90 senior tranche and a $10 residual tranche). The senior tranche securities are investment grade and are widely dispersed among third-party investors. The residual tranche securities are held by the transferor. The VIE uses the proceeds to purchase $100 of 30-year fixed-rate residential mortgage loans from a transferor. A default on the underlying loans is absorbed first by the residual tranche held by the transferor. All activities of the VIE are prespecified by a pooling and servicing agreement for the transaction. No critical decisions are generally required for the VIE unless default of an underlying asset is reasonably foreseeable or occurs.
810-10-55-161
The transaction was marketed to potential senior debt security holders as an investment in a portfolio of residential mortgage loans with exposure to the credit risk of the underlying loan borrowers and to the prepayment risk associated with the underlying loans of the VIE. Each month the security holders receive interest and principal payments in proportion to their percentage of ownership of the underlying loans. The residual tranche was designed to provide a credit enhancement to the transaction and to absorb the first dollar risk of loss related to credit.
810-10-55-162
The primary servicing responsibilities are retained by the transferor. No party has the ability to remove the transferor as servicer.
810-10-55-163
The servicing activities are performed in accordance with the pooling and servicing agreement. Examples of the servicing activities include collecting and remitting principal and interest payments, administering escrow accounts, monitoring overdue payments, and overall default management. Default management includes evaluating the borrower's financial condition to determine which loss mitigation strategy (specified in the pooling and servicing agreement) will maximize recoveries on a particular loan. The acceptable default management strategies are limited to the actions specified in the pooling and servicing agreement and include all of the following:
  1. a
    Modifying the terms of loans when default is reasonably foreseeable
  2. b
    Temporary forbearance on collections of principal and interest (such amounts would be added to the unpaid balance on the loan)
  3. c
    Short sales in which the servicer allows the underlying borrower to sell the mortgaged property even if the anticipated sale price will not permit full recovery of the contractual loan amounts.
810-10-55-164
As compensation for servicing the underlying loans, the transferor receives a fee, calculated monthly as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance on the underlying loans. Although the servicing activities, particularly managing default, are required to be performed in accordance with the pooling and servicing agreement, the transferor, as servicer, has discretion in determining which strategies within the pooling and servicing agreement to utilize to attempt to maximize the VIE's economic performance. The fees paid to the transferor are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
810-10-55-165
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined the following:
  1. a
    The primary purposes for which the VIE was created were to provide investors with the ability to invest in a pool of residential mortgage loans and to provide the transferor to the VIE with access to liquidity for its originated loans and an ongoing servicing fee and potential residual returns.
  2. b
    The transaction was marketed to potential senior debt security holders as an investment in a portfolio of residential mortgage loans with credit enhancement provided by the residual tranche and prepayment risk associated with the underlying assets of the VIE. The marketing of the transaction indicated that credit risk would be mitigated by the subordination of the residual tranche.
  3. c
    The principal risks to which the VIE is exposed include credit of the underlying assets, prepayment risk, and the risk of fluctuations in the value of the underlying real estate.
810-10-55-166
The debt security holders and the transferor are the variable interest holders in the VIE. The fee paid to the transferor (in its role as servicer) represents a variable interest on the basis of a consideration of the conditions in paragraphs , specifically paragraph 810-10-55-37(c), because of the transferor holding the residual tranche. If the transferor was only receiving fees and did not hold the residual tranche and if its related parties did not hold any variable interests in the VIE, then the fees would not be a variable interest.
810-10-55-167
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is most significantly impacted by the performance of its underlying assets. Thus, the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are the activities that most significantly impact the performance of the underlying assets. The transferor, as servicer, has the ability to manage the VIE's assets that become delinquent (or are reasonably foreseeable of becoming delinquent) to improve the economic performance of the VIE. Additionally, no party can remove the transferor in its role as servicer. The default management activities are performed only after default of the underlying assets or when default is reasonably foreseeable. However, a reporting entity's ability to direct the activities of a VIE when circumstances arise or events happen constitutes power if that ability relates to the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE. A reporting entity does not have to exercise its power in order to have power to direct the activities of a VIE.
810-10-55-168
Prepayment risk is also a risk that the VIE was designed to create and pass through. However, no variable interest holder has the power to direct matters related to such risk.
810-10-55-169
The senior security holders have no voting rights and, thus, no power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-170
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The transferor, through its residual tranche ownership, has the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits, either of which could potentially be significant to the VIE. The fees paid to the transferor are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
Therefore, the fees meet the criteria in paragraph 810-10-25-38H and should not be considered for purposes of evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b).
810-10-55-171
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the transferor would be deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  2. b
    Through its residual tranche ownership, it has the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits, either of which could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-172
A VIE is created and financed with $950 of 5-year fixed-rate debt and $50 of equity. The VIE uses the proceeds from the issuance to purchase an asset to be leased to a lessee with an AA credit rating. The equity is subordinate to the debt because the debt is paid before any cash flows are available to the equity investors. The lease has a five-year term and is classified as a direct financing lease by the lessor and as an operating lease by the lessee. The lessee, however, is considered the owner of the underlying asset for tax purposes and, thus, receives tax depreciation benefits.
810-10-55-173
The lessee is required to provide a first-loss residual value guarantee for the expected future value of the underlying asset at the end of five years (the option price) up to a specified percentage of the option price, and it has a fixed-price purchase option to acquire the underlying asset for the option price. If the lessee does not exercise the fixed-price purchase option at the end of the lease term, the lessee is required to remarket the underlying asset on behalf of the VIE. If the underlying asset is sold for an amount less than the option price, the lessee is required to pay the VIE the difference between the option price and the sales proceeds, which is not to exceed a specified percentage of the option price. If the underlying asset is sold for an amount greater than the option price, the lessee is entitled to the excess of the sales proceeds over the option price. A third-party residual value guarantor provides a very small additional residual value guarantee to the lessor VIE, which allows the lessor to achieve direct financing lease treatment.
810-10-55-174
The governing documents for the VIE do not permit the VIE to buy additional assets or sell existing assets during the five-year holding period, and the terms of the lease agreement and the governing documents for the VIE do not provide the equity holders with the power to direct any activities of the VIE. The VIE was formed so that the lessee would have rights to use the underlying asset under an operating lease and would retain substantially all of the risks and rewards from appreciation or depreciation in value of the underlying asset.
810-10-55-175
The transaction was marketed to potential investors as an investment in a portfolio of AA-rated assets collateralized by an underlying asset that is leased that would provide a fixed-rate return to debt holders equivalent to AA-rated assets. The return to equity investors is expected to be slightly greater than the return to the debt investors because the equity is subordinated to the debt.
810-10-55-176
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined the following:
  1. a
    The primary purpose for which the VIE was created was to provide the lessee with use of the underlying asset for five years with substantially all of the rights and obligations of ownership, including tax benefits.
  2. b
    The VIE was marketed to potential investors as an investment in a portfolio of AA-rated assets collateralized by an underlying asset that is leased that would provide a fixed-rate return to debt holders equivalent to AA-rated assets. The return to equity investors is expected to be slightly greater than the return to the debt investors because the equity is subordinated to the debt.
  3. c
    The residual value guarantee effectively transfers substantially all of the risk associated with the underlying asset (that is, decreases in value) to the lessee and the fixed-price purchase option effectively transfers substantially all of the rewards from the underlying asset (that is, increases in value) to the lessee.
  4. d
    The VIE is designed to be exposed to the risks associated with a cumulative change in fair value of the underlying asset at the end of five years as well as credit risk related to the potential default by the lessee of its contractually required lease payments.
810-10-55-177
The debt investors, the equity investors, and the lessee are the variable interest holders in the VIE.
810-10-55-178
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is significantly impacted by the fair value of the underlying asset and the credit of the lessee. The lessee's maintenance and operation of the underlying asset has a direct effect on the fair value of the underlying asset, and the lessee directs the remarketing of the underlying asset. The lessee also has the ability to increase the benefits it can receive and limit the losses it can suffer by the manner in which it uses the underlying asset and how it remarkets the underlying asset.
810-10-55-179
The debt holders do not have the power to direct activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. Although the equity holders establish the terms of the lease agreement, the terms of the lease agreement do not provide the equity holders with the power to direct activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-180
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The lessee has both the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE and the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE through the residual value guarantee and the purchase option, respectively.
810-10-55-181
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the lessee would be deemed the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  2. b
    Through its residual value guarantee and purchase option, it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE and the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-182
The following Cases illustrate the application of the guidance in paragraphs related to the determination of the entity that has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  1. a
    Joint decision making, different activities (Case H1)
  2. b
    Separate decision making, different activities (Case H2)
  3. c
    Separate decision making, same activities (Case H3)
  4. d
    Separate decision making, similar and different activities (Case H4).
810-10-55-183
Each of the Cases share the following assumptions:
  1. a
    Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B form a VIE to manufacture, distribute, and sell a beverage. The VIE is funded with $95 million of 20-year fixed-rate debt and $5 million of equity. The debt is widely dispersed among third-party investors. The equity is held by Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B. Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B are not related parties.
  2. b
    Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B each have 50 percent of the voting rights and each represents 50 percent of the board of directors.
  3. c
    Reporting Entity A is a beverage manufacturer and distributor. Reporting Entity B is also a beverage manufacturer and distributor.
810-10-55-184
Reporting Entity A is responsible for manufacturing the beverage. Reporting Entity B is responsible for distributing and selling the beverage. Decisions about the manufacturing, distributing, and selling of the beverage require the consent of both Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B. All other decisions about the VIE are jointly decided by Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B through their voting interests and equal board representation. Any matters that cannot be resolved or agreed upon must be resolved through a third-party arbitration process.
810-10-55-185
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined that the primary purpose for which the VIE was created was to provide Reporting Entity A with access to Reporting Entity B's distribution and sales network and for Reporting Entity B to gain access to Reporting Entity A's manufacturing process and technology.
810-10-55-186
Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B (through their equity investment) and the debt investors are the variable interest holders in the VIE.
810-10-55-187
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is significantly impacted by the manufacturing of the beverage and by the selling and distributing of the beverage. Thus, the activities that significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are the activities that significantly impact the manufacturing of the beverage and the selling and distributing of the beverage.
810-10-55-188
Paragraph 810-10-25-38D provides that if a reporting entity determines that power is, in fact, shared among multiple parties such that no one party has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then no party is the primary beneficiary. Power is shared if two or more unrelated parties together have the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, and if decisions about those activities require the consent of each of the parties sharing power.
810-10-55-189
Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B share the power to direct the activities that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE through their ability to make decisions about the manufacturing, distributing, and selling of the beverage and because of the fact that those decisions require each party's consent.
810-10-55-190
The debt holders of the VIE have no voting rights and no other rights that provide them with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-191
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B both have the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE through their equity interests.
810-10-55-192
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the VIE does not have a primary beneficiary because the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, is, in fact, shared among multiple parties (Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B) such that no one party has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-193
Assume that decisions about the manufacturing, distributing, and selling of the beverage do not require the consent of both Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B. Each reporting entity would be required to identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The party with the power to direct those activities would be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Because decisions about these activities do not require the consent of both Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B, power would not be considered shared, and either Reporting Entity A or Reporting Entity B would be the primary beneficiary of the VIE, on the basis of which party has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-194
Assume that Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B each manufacture, distribute, and sell the beverage in different locations, but decisions about these activities do not require the consent of both Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B. That is, each reporting entity is responsible for the same activities. Because decisions about these activities do not require the consent of both Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B, power would not be considered shared.
810-10-55-195
If a reporting entity concludes that power is not shared but the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are directed by multiple unrelated parties and the nature of the activities that each party is directing is the same, the party, if any, with the power over the majority of those activities shall be considered to have the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. If no party directs the majority of those activities, the VIE does not have a primary beneficiary.
810-10-55-196
If Reporting Entity A or Reporting Entity B has power over the majority of those activities, then that party would be the primary beneficiary of the VIE.
810-10-55-197
Assume that Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B are each responsible for manufacturing the beverage, but Reporting Entity B is also responsible for all of the distributing and selling of the beverage, and decisions about the manufacturing, distributing, and selling of the beverage do not require the consent of both Reporting Entity A and Reporting Entity B. Each reporting entity would be required to identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The party with the power to direct those activities would be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. That is, power would not be considered shared, and either Reporting Entity A or Reporting Entity B would be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. However, if a reporting entity concludes that power is not shared but the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are directed by multiple unrelated parties and the nature of the activities that each party is directing is the same, the party, if any, with the power over the majority of those activities shall be considered to have the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. If no party directs the majority of those activities, the VIE does not have a primary beneficiary.
810-10-55-198
Reporting Entity B may conclude that its power over some of the manufacturing of the beverage, combined with its power over all of the distributing and selling of the beverage, results in its being the party with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. However, if Reporting Entity B were to conclude that the distributing and selling of the beverage did not significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE, then the primary beneficiary of the VIE would be the party, if any, with the power over the majority of the manufacturing of the beverage.
810-10-55-199
A VIE is created by a furniture manufacturer and a financial investor to manufacture and sell wood furniture to retail customers in a particular geographic region. The VIE was created because the furniture manufacturer has no viable distribution channel in that particular geographic region. The VIE is established with $100 of equity, contributed by the furniture manufacturer, and $3 million of 10-year fixed-rate debt, provided by a financial investor. The furniture manufacturer establishes the sales and marketing strategy of the VIE, manages the day-to-day activities of the VIE, and is responsible for preparing and implementing the annual budget for the VIE. The VIE has a distribution contract with a third party that does not represent a variable interest in the VIE. Interest is paid to the fixed-rate debt holder (the financial investor) from operations before funds are available to the equity holder. The furniture manufacturer has guaranteed the fixed-rate debt to the financial investor. The debt agreement includes a clause such that if there is a materially adverse change that materially impairs the ability of the VIE and the furniture manufacturer to pay the debt, then the financial investor can take possession of all the assets of the VIE. An independent third party must objectively determine whether a materially adverse change has occurred on the basis of the terms of the debt agreement (an example of a materially adverse change under the debt agreement is the bankruptcy of the VIE).
810-10-55-200
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined the following:
  1. a
    The primary purpose for which the VIE was created was to enable the furniture manufacturer to extend its existing business line into a particular geographic region that lacked a viable distribution channel.
  2. b
    The VIE was marketed to the financial investor as a fixed-rate investment in a retail operating entity, supported by the furniture manufacturer's expertise and guarantee.
  3. c
    The furniture manufacturer's guarantee of the debt effectively transfers all of the operating risk of the VIE to the furniture manufacturer.
810-10-55-201
The furniture manufacturer and the financial investor (debt holder) are the variable interest holders in the VIE.
810-10-55-202
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is most significantly impacted by the operations of the VIE because the operating cash flows of the VIE are used to repay the financial investor. Thus, the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are the operating activities of the VIE. The furniture manufacturer has the ability to establish the sales and marketing strategy of the VIE and manage the day-to-day activities of the VIE.
810-10-55-203
The debt holder has the power to take possession of all of the assets of the VIE if there is a materially adverse change under the debt agreement. However, the debt holder's rights under the materially adverse change clause represent protective rights. Protective rights held by other parties do not preclude a reporting entity from having the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance. Protective rights are designed to protect the interests of the party holding those rights without giving that party a controlling financial interest in the VIE to which they relate. The debt holder's rights protect the interests of the debt holder; however, the VIE's economic performance is most significantly impacted by the activities over which the furniture manufacturer has power. The debt holder's protective rights do not prevent the furniture manufacturer from having the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-204
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The furniture manufacturer has the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant through its equity interest and debt guarantee and the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant through its equity interest.
810-10-55-205
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the furniture manufacturer would be the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  2. b
    Through its equity interest and debt guarantee, it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE and the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-205A
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AJ.
810-10-55-205B
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AK.
810-10-55-205C
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AL.
810-10-55-205D
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AM.
810-10-55-205E
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AN.
810-10-55-205F
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AO.
810-10-55-205G
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AP.
810-10-55-205H
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AQ.
810-10-55-205I
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AR.
810-10-55-205J
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AS.
810-10-55-205K
Paragraph moved to 810-10-55-205AT.
810-10-55-205L
A fund manager (general partner) creates and sells partnership interests in an investment fund (limited partnership) to external investors (limited partners). The partnership interests were marketed to the limited partners as an opportunity to generate returns by allowing the general partner to have discretion to determine how to invest the fund's assets provided that the investments are consistent with the defined parameters and objectives set forth in the limited partnership agreement. The general partner is not liable for any losses beyond the interest that the general partner owns in the fund. The general partner's ownership interests in the fund are expected to absorb more than an insignificant amount of the fund's expected losses and receive more than an insignificant amount of the fund's expected residual returns.
810-10-55-205M
The individual limited partners do not hold any substantive rights that would affect the decision-making authority of the general partner, but they can redeem their interests within particular limits set forth by the fund. The limited partners do not have either of the following abilities:
  1. a
    The ability to remove the general partner from its decision-making authority or to dissolve (liquidate) the fund without cause (as distinguished from with cause)
  2. b
    The ability to block or participate in certain significant financial and operating decisions of the limited partnership that are made in the ordinary course of business.
810-10-55-205N
The at-risk equity holders (as a group) do not have the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the fund on the basis of paragraph 810-10-55-205M(a) through (b). Therefore, the fund is a VIE because the condition in paragraph 810-10-15-14(b)(1)(ii) is met.
810-10-55-205O
The general partner is paid an annual fixed fee for the assets under management and a performance-based fee based on the fund's profits if it achieves a specified annual profit level. The annual and performance-based fees paid to the general partner are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services
  2. b
    Part of a compensation arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
810-10-55-205P
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined all of the following:
  1. a
    The fund is designed to provide limited partners with exposure to the risks and returns of the fund.
  2. b
    The fund was marketed to potential investors as an investment in a pool of securities with exposure to specific enterprise risks, market liquidity, and general market volatility of the investments. The limited partners have granted the general partner power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, which include management of their invested capital, on the basis of the prior performance of the general partner.
  3. c
    The fee structure is designed to provide greater compensation to the general partner if the fund generates returns for the third-party limited partners that are above the specified profit level. The specified profit level is based on the activities of the fund and the nature of the fund's assets. While the general partner's fee structure may provide an incentive for the general partner to take additional risk to realize its performance-based fee, the annual and performance-based fees are designed to do all of the following:
    1. 1
      Provide compensation to the general partner for its services that is commensurate with the level of effort required to provide the services
    2. 2
      Include only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
810-10-55-205Q
The general partner and the limited partners are the variable interest holders in the VIE. The fees paid to the general partner (in its role as fund manager) represent a variable interest on the basis of a consideration of the conditions in paragraphs , specifically paragraph 810-10-55-37(c), because of the general partner holding ownership interests that are expected to absorb more than an insignificant amount of the fund's expected losses and receive more than an insignificant amount of the fund's expected residual returns. If the general partner was only receiving fees and did not hold ownership interests and if its related parties did not hold any variable interests in the VIE, then the fees would not be a variable interest.
810-10-55-205R
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is most significantly impacted by the performance of the VIE's managed securities portfolio. Thus, the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance are the activities that significantly impact the performance of the managed securities portfolio.
810-10-55-205S
The general partner manages the operations of the VIE. Specifically, the general partner establishes the terms of the VIE, approves the assets to be purchased and sold by the VIE, and administers the VIE by monitoring the assets and ensuring compliance with the VIE's investment policies. The fact that the general partner was significantly involved with the creation of the VIE does not, in isolation, result in the general partner being the primary beneficiary of the VIE. However, the fact that the general partner was involved with the creation of the VIE may indicate that the general partner had the opportunity and the incentive to establish arrangements that result in the general partner being the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-205T
The limited partners of the VIE have no voting rights and no other rights that provide them with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-205U
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The annual and performance-based fees paid to the general partner are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services
  2. b
    Part of a compensation arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
Therefore, the annual and performance-based fees meet the criteria in paragraph 810-10-25-38H and should not be considered for purposes of evaluating the characteristic in paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b). Additionally, the general partner, through its investment in the fund, has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE and the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-205V
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the general partner would be the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  2. b
    Through its investment in the fund, it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE and the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-205W
A fund manager (general partner) creates and sells partnership interests in an investment fund (limited partnership) to external investors (limited partners). The partnership interests were marketed to the investors as an opportunity to generate significant returns by allowing the general partner to have discretion to determine how to invest the fund's assets provided that the investments are consistent with the defined parameters and objectives set forth in the limited partnership agreement. None of the limited partners are related parties of the general partner. The general partner does not hold any interests in the fund, and the general partner is not liable for any losses in the fund. Several employees of the general partner have interests in the fund. These employees chose to purchase interests in the fund and financed the purchases themselves.
810-10-55-205X
The annual and performance-based fees paid to the general partner are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided and commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
Additionally, the general partner has no related parties with interests in the fund that individually, or in the aggregate, would absorb more than an insignificant amount of the fund's expected losses or receive more than an insignificant amount of the fund's expected residual returns. For purposes of this assessment, the general partner did not include its employees' interests in the fund because the general partner did not finance those interests; therefore, the general partner has neither a direct nor an indirect economic interest in the fund. The general partner's annual and performance-based fees do not represent a variable interest on the basis of a consideration of the conditions in paragraphs .
810-10-55-205Y
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, the general partner does not have a variable interest in the fund. The general partner has no further consolidation analysis to perform.
810-10-55-205Z
Company B, an affiliate of Company A, owns certain intellectual property related to eCommerce activities. Company A establishes a VIE to which Company A provides an exclusive services and asset licensing agreement. The VIE obtains access to the intellectual property owned by Company B. Company A agrees to provide strategic and technical services to the VIE and contracts with Company B to perform these services. Company B, Company A, and the VIE share the same senior management.
810-10-55-205AA
Because of regulatory restrictions, Company A and its investors are precluded from owning equity in the VIE. The VIE is domiciled in a different country, which prohibits foreign investment through equity.
810-10-55-205AB
The equity investors in the VIE, who are the senior management of Company A, have rights that are limited to only administrative matters.
810-10-55-205AC
Company A's compensation for the services and asset licensing agreement is the net income of the VIE, but not the VIE's net losses. The fees paid to Company A are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided but not commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that does not include only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
810-10-55-205AD
To evaluate the facts and circumstances and determine which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, paragraph 810-10-25-38A requires that a reporting entity determine the purpose and design of the VIE, including the risks that the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders. In making this assessment, the variable interest holders of the VIE determined the following:
  1. a
    The primary purpose for the creation of the VIE was to bypass foreign investment restrictions and enable foreign investors (through their ownership of Company A) to participate indirectly in restricted sectors in which Company B operates through a series of contractual arrangements.
  2. b
    Company A will receive all of the net income but none of the net losses of the VIE.
  3. c
    The equity investors, the senior management of Company A, are exposed to the net losses of the VIE through their equity investments.
810-10-55-205AE
Company A and the equity investors of the VIE are the variable interest holders in the VIE. The fees paid to Company A represent a variable interest on the basis of consideration of the conditions in paragraphs , specifically paragraph 810-10-55-37(a) and (d).
810-10-55-205AF
Paragraph 810-10-25-38B requires that a reporting entity identify which activities most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and determine whether it has the power to direct those activities. The economic performance of the VIE is significantly impacted by the performance of Company B. Company A, through its contractual arrangements, has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-205AG
The equity investors of the VIE have no voting rights and no other rights that provide them with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
810-10-55-205AH
If a reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance, then under the requirements of paragraph 810-10-25-38A, that reporting entity also is required to determine whether it has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Company A, through its fee arrangements, receives benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The fees paid to Company A are both of the following:
  1. a
    Compensation for services provided but not commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services
  2. b
    Part of a service arrangement that does not include only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm's length.
Therefore, the fees do not meet the criteria in paragraph 810-10-25-38H, and they should be considered for purposes of paragraph 810-10-25-38A(b).
810-10-55-205AI
On the basis of the specific facts and circumstances presented in this Case and the analysis performed, Company A would be deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE because:
  1. a
    It is the variable interest holder with the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance.
  2. b
    Through fee arrangements, it has the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
810-10-55-205AS
A reporting entity has determined that it must consolidate a collateralized financing entity under this Topic and is eligible to and has elected to apply the measurement alternative in paragraphs and . The reporting entity retains certain beneficial interests in the collateralized financing entity as compensation for its services and also retains other beneficial interests. Since initial consolidation, the collateralized financing entity has not settled any of the outstanding beneficial interests related to compensation for services. The collateralized financing entity's only assets are corporate debt obligations, and its only liabilities (the beneficial interests issued by the collateralized financing entity) are thinly traded. The reporting entity determines that the fair value of the collateralized financing entity's financial assets is more observable than the fair value of its financial liabilities. Because the fair value of the financial assets is more observable, the reporting entity determines the amount of the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity (other than those beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity) as follows.
  • "June 20, 20X4 (Measurement upon Initial Consolidation)" "December 31, 20X4" Fair value of the financial assets(a) $100 $105 Plus: Carrying value of the nonfinancial assets(b) 5 5 assets(a) Total value of the assets of the collateralized financing entity 105 110 Less: Fair value of the beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity (other than those that represent compensation for services)(c) 10 12 Less: Carrying value of the beneficial interests related to compensation for services(d) 6 8 Financial liabilities related to the collateralized financing entity in consolidation 89 90 Net assets related to the collateralized financing entity(e) $16 $20 Change in the net assets related to the collateralized financing entity(f) $4 Changes in the beneficial interests attributable to the reporting entity(f) $4 (a) "The financial assets include $5 and $10 at June 20, 20X4, and December 31, 20X4, respectively, of cash held by the collateralized financing entity. The carrying value of the cash and cash equivalents is equal to the fair value." (b) "To determine the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity, the reporting entity uses the sum of the fair value of the financial assets and the carrying value of the nonfinancial assets. The nonfinancial assets of the collateralized financing entity are measured in accordance with other Topics." (c) This amount represents the fair value of the beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity (other than those that represent compensation for services) determined in accordance with Topic 820. This amount is not included in the financial liabilities of the consolidated reporting entity because it does not represent an amount due to third-party beneficial interest holders. (d) The reporting entity has rights to a portion of the beneficial interests through its compensation arrangement. That amount is measured in accordance with other Topics. That amount is not included in the financial liabilities of the consolidated reporting entity because it does not represent an amount due to third-party beneficial interest holders. (e) "The net assets related to the collateralized financing entity equal the reporting entity's beneficial interests (that is, the sum of the fair value of the beneficial interests retained [other than those that represent compensation] and the carrying value of beneficial interests that represent compensation for services). The change in the net assets is included in the reporting entity's consolidated net income (loss)." (f) "The change in the net assets related to the collateralized financing entity equals the change in the value of the beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity, including the change in the carrying value of the beneficial interests representing compensation for services."
810-10-55-205AT
A reporting entity has determined that it must consolidate a collateralized financing entity under this Topic and is eligible to and has elected to apply the measurement alternative in paragraphs and . The reporting entity retains certain beneficial interests in the collateralized financing entity as compensation for its services and also retains other beneficial interests. Since initial consolidation, the collateralized financing entity has not settled any of the outstanding beneficial interests related to compensation for services. The collateralized financing entity's only assets are mortgages with primarily unobservable inputs, and its only liabilities are beneficial interests issued in those assets. The beneficial interests of the collateralized financing entity are frequently traded, although not in an active market. Because the fair value of the financial liabilities is more observable, the reporting entity determines the amount of the financial assets of the collateralized financing entity as follows.
  • "June 20, 20X4 (Measurement upon Initial Consolidation)" "December 31, 20X4" Fair value of the financial liabilities (other than beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity)(a) $90 $95 Plus: Fair value of the beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity (other than those that represent compensation for services)(b) 10 12 Plus: Carrying value of the beneficial interests related to compensation for services(c) 6 8 Total value of the financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity(d) 106 115 Less: Carrying value of the nonfinancial assets(e) 5 5 Financial assets of the collateralized financing entity 101 110 Net assets related to the collateralized financing entity(f) $16 $20 Change in the net assets related to the collateralized financing entity(g) $4 Changes in the beneficial interests attributable to the reporting entity(g) $4 (a) "This amount reflects the fair value of the beneficial interests held by third parties in the consolidated financial statements. While any beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity are financial liabilities of the collateralized financing entity, such amounts are eliminated in consolidation because they do not represent amounts due to third-party beneficial interest holders. This amount also includes $6 and $8 at June 20, 20X4, and December 31, 20X4, respectively, of payables held by the collateralized financing entity for securities purchased but not yet settled. The carrying amount of those payables approximates fair value." (b) This amount represents the fair value of the beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity (other than those that represent compensation for services). (c) The reporting entity holds beneficial interests that represent compensation for services. This amount is measured in accordance with other Topics. (d) "The total liabilities of the collateralized financing entity include the beneficial interests held by third parties, the beneficial interests retained by the reporting entity, and any beneficial interests related to compensation. The reporting entity's beneficial interests (including those related to compensation) are financial liabilities of the collateralized financial entity that are eliminated in consolidation." (e) The nonfinancial assets of the collateralized financing entity are measured in accordance with other Topics. (f) "The net assets related to the collateralized financing entity equal the reporting entity's beneficial interests (that is, the sum of the fair value of the beneficial interests retained [other than those that represent compensation] and the carrying value of beneficial interests that represent compensation for services). The change in the net assets is included in the reporting entity's consolidated net income (loss)." (g) "The change in the net assets related to the collateralized financing entity equals the change in the value of the beneficial interests attributable to the reporting entity, including the change in the carrying value of the beneficial interests representing compensation for services."
810-10-55-205AU
The following Examples illustrate the application of the guidance in paragraphs 810-10-15-17AD(a) and 810-10-15-17AE on determining whether common control exists solely for purposes of applying the accounting alternative:
  1. a
    Accounting Alternative—Common Control Exists (Example 11)
  2. b
    Accounting Alternative—Common Control Does Not Exist (Example 12).
810-10-55-205AV
Assume the following:
  1. a
    Entities A (Parent), B (the reporting entity), C (a legal entity), and E (a legal entity) are all private companies.
  2. b
    Entity A holds a majority of the voting shares of Entities B and C.
  3. c
    Entity C holds a majority of the voting shares of Entity E.
810-10-55-205AW
Based on the guidance in paragraph 810-10-25-1, Entity A has a controlling financial interest in Entities B and C because it directly holds a majority of the voting shares in those entities and no circumstances indicate that control does not rest with the majority owner. Entity C also has a controlling financial interest in Entity E because it directly holds a majority of the voting shares in this entity. Therefore, Entity A controls Entity E through Entity C's controlling financial interest in Entity E. For the purposes of applying paragraph 810-10-15-17AD(a), Entities B, C, and E are under common control of Entity A. Assuming the other criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD are met, Entity B (the reporting entity) is eligible to apply the accounting alternative to Entity C and Entity E.
810-10-55-205AX
If Entity B directly holds a majority of the voting shares of Entity E and no circumstances indicate that control does not rest with the majority owner, Entity B would not be able to apply the accounting alternative to Entity E because paragraph 810-10-15-17AD(d) would not be met. In other words, Entity B would conclude that it holds a controlling financial interest in Entity E when considering only the General Subsections of this Topic (and not the Variable Interest Entities Subsections).
810-10-55-205AY
Assume the following:
  1. a
    Entities A (Parent), B (the reporting entity), C (a legal entity), and E (a legal entity) are all private companies.
  2. b
    Entity A holds a majority of the voting shares of Entities B and C.
  3. c
    Entities A, B, and C do not hold any voting shares of Entity E (directly or indirectly). However, Entity A has extended subordinated financial support (in the form of debt) to Entity E.
810-10-55-205AZ
Based on the guidance in paragraph 810-10-25-1, Entity A has a controlling financial interest in Entities B and C because it directly holds a majority of the voting shares in those entities and no circumstances indicate that control does not rest with the majority owner. Therefore, Entities B and C are under common control of Entity A. However, Entity E is not considered to be under common control of Entity A for the purposes of applying paragraph 810-10-15-17AD(a) because Entity A does not directly or indirectly hold a majority of Entity E's voting shares. Moreover, even if Entity E is a VIE and Entity A is its primary beneficiary, Entity E is not considered to be under common control of Entity A for purposes of applying the guidance in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD(a). Accordingly, Entity B (the reporting entity) is precluded from applying the accounting alternative to Entity E.
810-10-55-205BA
The following Examples illustrate the application of the guidance in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD on determining whether a reporting entity that is a private company can elect the accounting alternative not to apply VIE guidance to a legal entity under common control:
  1. a
    Common control leasing arrangement (Example 13)
  2. b
    Car Company (reporting entity) under common control with Engine Company, Tire Company, and Purse Company (Example 14).
810-10-55-205BB
Assume the following:
  1. a
    The sole owner (not a public business entity) of Manufacturing Entity (a private company) also is the sole owner of Lessor Entity (a private company).
  2. b
    The reporting entity is Manufacturing Entity.
  3. c
    Manufacturing Entity leases its manufacturing facility from Lessor Entity.
  4. d
    Lessor Entity owns no assets other than the manufacturing facility being leased to Manufacturing Entity.
  5. e
    Manufacturing Entity pays property taxes on behalf of Lessor Entity and maintains the manufacturing facility.
  6. f
    The sole owner of both entities has provided a guarantee of Lessor Entity's mortgage as required by the external lender.
  7. g
    Manufacturing Entity has elected to apply the accounting alternative described in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD.
810-10-55-205BC
Manufacturing Entity meets all the criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD, and, as a result of its elected accounting policy, Manufacturing Entity would apply the accounting alternative to Lessor Entity on the basis of the following:
  1. a
    Manufacturing Entity (a private company) and Lessor Entity are under common control.
  2. b
    Manufacturing Entity and Lessor Entity are under common control of an individual that is not a public business entity.
  3. c
    Lessor Entity is not a public business entity.
  4. d
    Manufacturing Entity does not directly or indirectly hold a controlling financial interest in Lessor Entity when considering only the General Subsections of this Topic.
Manufacturing Entity should disclose the required information specified in paragraphs 810-10-50-2AG through 50-2AI unless Lessor Entity is consolidated through accounting guidance other than VIE guidance.
810-10-55-205BD
Assume the following:
  1. a
    Reporting entity Car Company (Car Co.), a private company, produces vehicles for sale.
  2. b
    Car Co. has elected to apply the accounting alternative described in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD.
  3. c
    The sole owner (not a public business entity) of Car Co. also is the sole owner of Engine Company (Engine Co.), Tire Company (Tire Co.), and Purse Company (Purse Co.). Therefore, Car Co., Engine Co., Tire Co., and Purse Co. are considered to be under common control. Only Purse Co. meets the definition of a public business entity.
  4. d
    All companies under common control have third-party debt, and each respective company has pledged its assets as collateral for that debt. The third-party debt on each respective company is personally guaranteed by the owner.
  5. e
    Engine Co. assumptions:
    1. 1
      Engine Co. was created by the owner to vertically integrate the supply chain for Car Co.'s production of vehicles.
    2. 2
      Engine Co. produces engines based on Car Co.'s design specifications.
    3. 3
      Engine Co. is the sole engine supplier for Car Co., and substantially all of Engine Co.'s production is sold to Car Co.
    4. 4
      No other engines on the market could replace the engines supplied by Engine Co.
    5. 5
      During 20XX, Car Co. charged Engine Co. $225,684 for management and other services rendered.
    6. 6
      During 20XX, Car Co. purchased $9,482,513 in engines from Engine Co.
    7. 7
      Engine Co. has an outstanding loan for $600,000 due to Car Co. that is unsecured and accrues interest at 6 percent. This loan is subordinated to all other debt, and there are no specific repayment terms.
    8. 8
      Historically, Car Co. has provided funding to Engine Co. at the request of the owner even though there is no existing contractual requirement to do so.
    9. 9
      Total book value of Engine Co.'s liabilities is $2,459,127 as of December 31, 20XX.
  6. f
    Tire Co. assumptions:
    1. 1
      Tire Co. was created by the owner to vertically integrate the supply chain for the Car Co.'s production of vehicles.
    2. 2
      Tire Co. sells a majority of its tires to Car Co.
    3. 3
      Many substitutes on the market could replace the tires provided by Tire Co.
    4. 4
      During 20XX, Car Co. charged Tire Co. $74,568 for management and other services rendered.
    5. 5
      During 20XX, Car Co. purchased $3,792,929 of tires from Tire Co.
    6. 6
      Tire Co. has an outstanding loan for $200,000 due to Car Co. that is unsecured and accrues interest at 6 percent. This loan is subordinated to all other debt, and there are no specific repayment terms.
    7. 7
      Other than the $200,000 loan, Car Co. has never provided any other additional funding to Tire Co. and is not contractually obligated to do so.
    8. 8
      Total book value of Tire Co.'s liabilities is $1,250,000 as of December 31, 20XX.
  7. g
    Purse Co. assumptions:
    1. 1
      Purse Co. sells high-end designer purses.
    2. 2
      No significant transactions or arrangements exist between Purse Co. and the other entities under common control.
    3. 3
      Car Co. did not provide any management services to Purse Co.
    4. 4
      Car Co. has never provided any additional funding to Purse Co. and is not contractually obligated to do so.
    5. 5
      Total book value of Purse Co.'s liabilities is $1,000,000 as of December 31, 20XX.
810-10-55-205BE
Car Co. meets all the criteria in paragraph 810-10-15-17AD for Engine Co. and Tire Co. and can elect the accounting alternative. As a result of its elected accounting policy, Car Co. would apply the accounting alternative to Engine Co. and Tire Co. on the basis of the following:
  1. a
    Car Co. (a private company), Engine Co., and Tire Co. are under common control.
  2. b
    Car Co., Engine Co., and Tire Co. are under common control of an individual that is not a public business entity.
  3. c
    Neither Engine Co. nor Tire Co. is a public business entity.
  4. d
    Car Co. does not directly or indirectly hold a controlling financial interest in Engine Co. or Tire Co. when considering only the General Subsections of this Topic.
Although Purse Co. would not qualify for the accounting alternative because it is a public business entity, Car Co. does not consider Purse Co. to be a legal entity that needs to be assessed for consolidation because Car Co. has no variable interest in Purse Co. Therefore, Car Co. would not provide any disclosures related to Purse Co. under this accounting alternative.
810-10-55-205BF
Based on the fact pattern described in paragraphs 810-10-55-205BD through 55-205BE, the following disclosures may satisfy the provisions in paragraphs 810-10-50-2AG through 50-2AI:
  1. a
    Engine Company, Inc. (Engine Co.): Engine Co. and Car Company, Inc. (the Company) are under common control. Engine Co. was created by the owner to vertically integrate the supply chain for the Company's production of vehicles. The Company's ability to generate profits depends largely on Engine Co. Engine Co. produces engines for the Company's vehicles in accordance with the Company's design specifications for those engines. Substantially all of Engine Co.'s production is sold to the Company, and Engine Co. is the sole supplier of engines to the Company. No other engines on the market could replace the engines supplied by Engine Co. The Company provides Engine Co. with management and other services (including, but not limited to, accounting, billing, and administrative duties) for which it charged a management fee of $225,684 in 20XX. The Company purchased $9,482,513 of engines during 20XX from Engine Co. Engine Co. has an outstanding loan in the amount of $600,000 due to the Company that is unsecured and accrues interest at 6 percent. The loan is subordinated to all other debt, and no specific repayment terms exist.
  2. b
    Tire Company, Inc. (Tire Co.): Tire Co. and the Company are under common control. Tire Co. was created by the owner to vertically integrate the supply chain for the Company's production of vehicles. Tire Co. produces tires for the Company's vehicles and sells a majority of those tires to the Company. The Company provides no design specifications for the tires, and many substitutes on the market could replace the tires that Tire Co. provides. The Company provides Tire Co. with management and other services (including, but not limited to, accounting, billing, and administrative duties) for which it charged a management fee of $74,568 in 20XX. Car Co. purchased $3,792,929 of tires during 20XX from Tire Co. Tire Co. has an outstanding loan in the amount of $200,000 due to the Company that is unsecured and accrues interest at 6 percent. The loan is subordinated to all other debt, and no specific repayment terms exist.
  3. c
    Both Engine Co. and Tire Co. have third-party debt, and both companies have their assets pledged as collateral for that debt. The owner of the Company, Engine Co., and Tire Co. has personally guaranteed the third-party debt of the Company, Engine Co., and Tire Co.
  4. d
    In addition to the $600,000 loan, the Company historically has been required to provide funds to Engine Co. at the request of the common owner. The Company believes that its maximum financial exposure to loss related to Engine Co. could equal all of Engine Co.'s liabilities. The book value of Engine Co.'s liabilities is $2,459,127 as of December 31, 20XX.
  5. e
    Other than the $200,000 loan, the Company has never provided any other additional funding to Tire Co. and is not contractually obligated to do so. The Company believes that its maximum financial exposure related to Tire Co. is limited to the $200,000 loan outstanding and any accrued interest as of December 31, 20XX.

Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract

Implementation Guidance

810-10-55-206
The decision tree that follows illustrates the analysis to determine whether a physician practice management entity shall consolidate a physician practice. The decision tree contains the term, control, and financial interest requirements, as those requirements are affected by the interpretive guidance that is presumptive in nature. The other interpretive guidance shall also be considered when working through the decision tree. If the answer to any question in the decision tree is other than as shown by the arrows, then the physician practice management entity should not consolidate the physician practice. Use of the decision tree is not a substitute for application of the Consolidation of Entities Controlled by Contract Subsections, including all the interpretive guidance. The following is an illustration of the analysis to determine whether a physician practice management entity should consolidate a physician practice.

Physician Practice Management Entity Shareholder Fact Patterns

810-10-55-207
Situations involving non-nominee and nominee shareholder fact patterns are presented as additional information related to physician practice management entities.
810-10-55-208
The following descriptions are included for background information purposes only. Not enough information is given in the examples to determine whether the physician practice management entity obtains an adequate controlling financial interest in the physician practice:
  1. a
    A physician practice management entity (Entity A) acquires all the outstanding stock of a physician practice (Entity B) directly from Entity B shareholders by issuing shares of Entity A voting common stock. Concurrent with the acquisition, the physicians who are the former owners of Entity B form a new professional corporation (Entity C), which enters into a long-term management agreement with Entity B. The physicians formerly of Entity B, who are now owners and employees of Entity C, enter into employment agreements with Entity C.
  2. b
    A physician practice management entity (Entity A) acquires all the outstanding stock of a physician practice (Entity B) directly from Entity B shareholders by issuing shares of Entity A voting common stock. Concurrent with the acquisition, the physicians and former owners of Entity B form a new professional corporation (Entity C) and enter into a long-term management agreement with Entity B. Although Entity A acquired the stock of Entity B, state law precludes contractual arrangements between physicians and hospitals and between physicians and health maintenance organizations from being held by a non-physician-owned practice (Entity B after the acquisition). Therefore, Entity B's patient contracts are transferred concurrent with the acquisition to Entity C. The physicians formerly of Entity B, who are now owners and employees of Entity C, enter into employment agreements with Entity C.
  3. c
    A physician practice management entity creates a wholly owned subsidiary (Entity A), which acquires all the net assets of a physician practice (Entity B) through the physician practice management entity's issuing some of its shares of voting common stock to Entity B. Concurrent with the transaction, Entity B enters into a long-term management agreement with Entity A. The ownership of Entity B remains the same; however, the physicians (that is, the owners of Entity B) enter into new employment agreements with Entity B.
810-10-55-209
The following descriptions are included for background information purposes only. Not enough information is given in the examples to determine whether the physician practice management entity obtains an adequate controlling financial interest in the physician practice:
  1. a
    At the direction of the physician practice management entity, a physician who will be the physician practice management entity's nominee shareholder incorporates a nominally capitalized new physician practice. In a subsequent exchange of shares, the physician practice management entity becomes the outright owner of the shares of the existing physician practice. The physician or physicians who were the former owners of the existing physician practice simultaneously sever their employment relationship with the existing physician practice and establish an employment relationship with the new physician practice. According to the terms of another simultaneously executed agreement, the physician who established the new physician practice becomes the physician practice management entity's nominee shareholder of that practice. A management agreement between the physician practice management entity and the new physician practice is also simultaneously executed.
  2. b
    The physician practice management entity issues its shares to the shareholders of the existing physician practice. Simultaneously, shares of the existing physician practice are delivered to a physician who is a nominee of the physician practice management entity, and a management agreement is executed between the physician practice management entity and the existing physician practice. By virtue of the terms of the management agreement that gives the rights to the residual equity of the existing physician practice to the physician practice management entity, the shares of the physician practice held by the nominee have only a nominal value. The physicians who previously owned the existing physician practice and who were employees of it execute new employment agreements with the now nominee-owned existing physician practice.

810-10-60Relationships

Source downloaded: .Record version 4287c65ba0f0. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity

810-10-60-1
For derivative transactions in subsidiary stock with noncontrolling interest, see paragraphs .

Income Taxes

810-10-60-2
For deferred taxes on dividends of foreign operations, see paragraphs .

Foreign Currency Matters

810-10-60-3
For the elimination of intra-entity profits with foreign entities, see paragraph 830-30-45-10.

Leases

810-10-60-4
For leases sold by a manufacturer to a leasing subsidiary, see paragraph 842-30-45-3.

Transfers and Servicing

810-10-60-5
For transfers of ownership interest in a subsidiary with financial assets, see paragraph 860-10-55-13.

Variable Interest Entities

810-10-65Transition and Open Effective Date Information

Source downloaded: .Record version 584bdb333a46. Effective date must be checked in the source.

810-10-65-1
Paragraph superseded on 06/20/2011 after the end of the transition period stated in FASB Statements No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51, and No. 164, Not-for-Profit Entities: Mergers and Acquisitions.
810-10-65-2
Paragraph superseded on 06/20/2018 after the end of the transition period stated in FASB Statement No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R).
810-10-65-3
Paragraph superseded on 06/20/2011 after the end of the transition period stated in Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification.
810-10-65-4
The following represents the transition information related to Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-07, Consolidation (Topic 810): Applying Variable Interest Entities Guidance to Common Control Leasing Arrangements, referenced in paragraph 810-10-15-17AA:
  1. a
    Upon adoption of the accounting alternative, the guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of this Subtopic shall be applied retrospectively as of the beginning of the first fiscal year in which the accounting alternative is elected and to all periods presented.
  2. b
  3. c
  4. d
    If a reporting entity deconsolidates a variable interest entity (VIE) as a result of the application of the accounting alternative guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of this Subtopic, the reporting entity shall initially measure any retained interest in the deconsolidated VIE at its carrying amount at the date the accounting alternative guidance first applies. In this context, carrying amount refers to the amount at which any retained interest would have been carried in the reporting entity's financial statements if the accounting alternative guidance had been effective when the reporting entity became involved with the VIE. Any difference between the net amount removed from the statement of financial position of the reporting entity and the amount of any retained interest in the deconsolidated VIE shall be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings. The amount of any cumulative-effect adjustment related to deconsolidation shall be disclosed separately.
  5. e
    An entity shall provide the disclosures in paragraphs except for the disclosure in paragraph 250-10-50-1(b)(2) in the period the entity adopts the accounting alternative guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of this Subtopic.
  6. f
    A private company that makes an accounting policy election to apply the accounting alternative guidance in the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of this Subtopic for the first time need not justify that the use of the accounting alternative is preferable as described in paragraph 250-10-45-2.
810-10-65-5
Paragraph superseded on 06/20/2018 after the end of the transition period stated in Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-10, Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation.
810-10-65-6
Paragraph superseded on 06/20/2018 after the end of the transition period stated in Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-13, Consolidation (Topic 810): Measuring the Financial Assets and the Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financing Entity.
810-10-65-7
Paragraph superseded on 06/20/2018 after the end of the transition period stated in Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.
810-10-65-8
Paragraph superseded on 06/20/2018 after the end of the transition period stated in Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control.
810-10-65-9
Paragraph superseded on 07/10/2023 after the end of the transition period stated in Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities.

810-10-S00StatusSEC

Source downloaded: .Record version 5e6f2a7db416. Effective date must be checked in the source.

810-10-S00-1
The following table identifies the changes made to this Subtopic.

810-10-S25RecognitionSEC

Source downloaded: .Record version 7ccb65e6d2a0. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its Subsidiaries

810-10-S25-1
See paragraph 810-10-S99-2, Regulation S-X Rule 3A-02, for requirements for a registrant in deciding on a consolidation policy.

Intercompany (Intra-entity) Items and Transactions

810-10-S25-2
See paragraph 810-10-S99-4, Regulation S-X Rule 3A-04, for requirements for the elimination of intercompany (intra-entity) items and transactions.

Accounting for Divestiture of a Subsidiary or Other Business Operations

810-10-S25-3
See paragraph 810-10-S99-5, SAB Topic 5.E, for SEC Staff views on when an accounting divestiture has not occurred.

810-10-S35Subsequent MeasurementSEC

Source downloaded: .Record version 8d0d2f0598ef. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Accounting for Divestiture of a Subsidiary or Other Business Operations

810-10-S35-1
See paragraph 810-10-S99-5, SAB Topic 5.E, for SEC Staff views on when an accounting divestiture has not occurred.

810-10-S40DerecognitionSEC

Source downloaded: .Record version 8bf54c8a5c8a. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Accounting for Divestiture of a Subsidiary or Other Business Operation

810-10-S40-1
See paragraph 810-10-S99-5, SAB Topic 5.E, for SEC Staff views on when an accounting divestiture has not occurred.

Accounting for Gain Recognition in Certain Transactions Involving the General Partner in a Master Limited Partnership

810-10-S40-2
See paragraph 810-10-S99-6, SEC Observer Comment: Accounting for Gain Recognition in Certain Transactions Involving the General Partner in a Master Limited Partnership

810-10-S45Other Presentation MattersSEC

Source downloaded: .Record version 861155373f08. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Classification of Subsidiary's Loan Payable in Consolidated Balance Sheet when Subsidiary's and Parent's Fiscal Years Differ

810-10-S45-1
See paragraph 470-10-S99-4, SEC Observer Comment: Classification of Subsidiary's Loan Payable in Consolidated Balance Sheet when Subsidiary's and Parent's Fiscal Years Differ, for SEC Staff views on classification of debt when a subsidiary's and parent's fiscal year differ.

Accounting for Divestiture of a Subsidiary or Other Business Operation

810-10-S45-2
See paragraph 810-10-S99-5, SAB Topic 5.E, for SEC Staff views on when an accounting divestiture has not occurred.

810-10-S50DisclosureSEC

Source downloaded: .Record version 658c7e495532. Effective date must be checked in the source.

Disclosure of Accounting Policies

810-10-S50-1
See paragraph 810-10-S99-2, Regulation S-X Rule 3A-02, for requirements for disclosure of consolidation policy.

Statements as to Principles of Consolidation or Combination Followed

810-10-S50-2
See paragraph 810-10-S99-3, Regulation S-X Rule 3A-03, for requirements for disclosure of principles followed in consolidating or combining separate financial statements.

Intercompany (Intra-entity) Items and Transactions

810-10-S50-3
See paragraph 810-10-S99-4, Regulation S-X Rule 3A-04, for requirements for disclosure of intercompany (intra-entity) items and transactions.

810-10-S99SEC MaterialsSEC

Source downloaded: .Record version 0244c7a00e30. Effective date must be checked in the source.

SEC Rules, Regulations, and Interpretations

810-10-S99-1
The following is the text of Regulation S-X Rule 3A-01, (17 CFR 210.3A-01).
  • [Reserved]
810-10-S99-2
The following is the text of Regulation S-X Rule 3A-02, Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its Subsidiaries (17 CFR 210.3A-02).
  • In deciding upon consolidation policy, the registrant must consider what financial presentation is most meaningful in the circumstances and should follow in the consolidated financial statements principles of inclusion or exclusion which will clearly exhibit the financial position and results of operations of the registrant. There is a presumption that consolidated financial statements are more meaningful than separate financial statements and that they are usually necessary for a fair presentation when one entity directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest in another entity. Other particular facts and circumstances may require combined financial statements, an equity method of accounting, or valuation allowances in order to achieve a fair presentation.
    • (a) Majority ownership: Among the factors that the registrant should consider in determining the most meaningful presentation is majority ownership. Generally, registrants shall consolidate entities that are majority owned and shall not consolidate entities that are not majority owned. The determination of majority ownership requires a careful analysis of the facts and circumstances of a particular relationship among entities. In rare situations, consolidation of a majority owned subsidiary may not result in a fair presentation, because the registrant, in substance, does not have a controlling financial interest (for example, when the subsidiary is in legal reorganization or in bankruptcy). In other situations, consolidation of an entity, notwithstanding the lack of technical majority ownership, is necessary to present fairly the financial position and results of operations of the registrant, because of the existence of a parent-subsidiary relationship by means other than record ownership of voting stock.
    • (b) [Reserved]
      • [83 FR 50200, Oct. 4, 2018]
810-10-S99-3
The following is the text of Regulation S-X Rule 3A-03, Statement as to Principles of Consolidation or Combination Followed (17 CFR 210.3A-03).
  • (a) [Reserved]
  • (b) As to each consolidated financial statement and as to each combined financial statement, if there has been a change in the persons included or excluded in the corresponding statement for the preceding fiscal period filed with the Commission that has a material effect on the financial statements, the persons included and the persons excluded shall be disclosed.
    • [37 FR 14597, July 21, 1972. Redesignated at 45 FR 63687, Sept. 25, 1980, and 46 FR 56179, Nov. 16, 1981; 83 FR 50200, Oct. 4, 2018]
810-10-S99-4
The following is the text of Regulation S-X Rule 3A-04 (17 CFR 210.3A-04).
  • [Reserved]

SEC Staff Guidance

810-10-S99-5
The following is the text of SAB Topic 5.E, Accounting for Divestiture of a Subsidiary or Other Business Operations.
  • Facts: Company X transferred certain operations (including several subsidiaries) to a group of former employees who had been responsible for managing those operations. Assets and liabilities with a net book value of approximately $8 million were transferred to a newly formed entity-Company Y-wholly owned by the former employees. The consideration received consisted of $1,000 in cash and interest bearing promissory notes for $10 million, payable in equal annual installments of $1 million each, plus interest, beginning two years from the date of the transaction. The former employees possessed insufficient assets to pay the notes and Company X expected the funds for payments to come exclusively from future operations of the transferred business.
  • Company X remained contingently liable for performance on existing contracts transferred and agreed to guarantee, at its discretion, performance on future contracts entered into by the newly formed entity. Company X also acted as guarantor under a line of credit established by Company Y.
  • The nature of Company Y's business was such that Company X's guarantees were considered a necessary predicate to obtaining future contracts until such time as Company Y achieved profitable operations and substantial financial independence from Company X.
  • Question: If deconsolidation of the subsidiaries and business operations is appropriate, can Company X recognize a gain?
  • Interpretive Response: Before recognizing any gain, Company X should identify all of the elements of the divesture arrangement and allocate the consideration exchanged to each of those elements. In this regard, we believe that Company X would recognize the guarantees at fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 460, Guarantees; the contingent liability for performance on existing contracts in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies; and the promissory notes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310, Receivables, and FASB ASC Topic 835, Interest.
810-10-S99-6
The following is the text of the SEC Observer Comment: Accounting for Gain Recognition in Certain Transactions Involving the General Partner in a Master Limited Partnership.
  • The SEC staff has objected to immediate gain recognition when the general partner in a Master Limited Partnership has continuing exposure in forms such as debt guarantees, financing commitments, or restrictions on the sale of MLP units. The SEC staff also will not accept immediate gain recognition in transactions when the general partner (who will continue to act in that capacity and exercise significant influence but not control over the MLP) sponsors the rollup of several limited partnerships into a MLP and receives tradable limited partnership units in exchange for relinquishing the rights to certain future fees from the limited partnerships.

Related subtopics